SemaDecl.cpp revision 0fe5397b26695926a835fa99eceb7fc879b307af
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 18#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 20#include "clang/AST/APValue.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 23#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 24#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 25#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 26#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 27#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 28#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 29#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 30#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 31#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 32#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 33#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 34#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 36// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 37#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 38#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 39#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 40#include <algorithm> 41#include <cstring> 42#include <functional> 43using namespace clang; 44using namespace sema; 45 46Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr) { 47 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 48} 49 50/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 51/// return the declaration of that type. 52/// 53/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 54/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 55/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 56/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 57/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 58/// 59/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 60/// and then return NULL. 61ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 62 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 63 bool isClassName, 64 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr) { 65 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 66 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 67 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 68 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 69 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 70 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 71 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 72 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 73 74 if (!LookupCtx) { 75 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 76 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 77 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 78 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 79 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 80 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 81 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 82 // 83 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 84 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 85 if (!isClassName) 86 return ParsedType(); 87 88 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 89 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 90 QualType T = 91 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SS->getScopeRep(), II, 92 SourceLocation(), SS->getRange(), NameLoc); 93 return ParsedType::make(T); 94 } 95 96 return ParsedType(); 97 } 98 99 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 100 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 101 return ParsedType(); 102 } 103 104 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 105 // lookup for class-names. 106 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 107 LookupOrdinaryName; 108 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 109 if (LookupCtx) { 110 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 111 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 112 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 113 // nested-name-specifier. 114 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 115 116 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 117 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 118 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 119 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 120 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 121 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 122 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 123 LookupName(Result, S); 124 } 125 } else { 126 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 127 LookupName(Result, S); 128 } 129 130 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 131 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 132 case LookupResult::NotFound: 133 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 134 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 135 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 136 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 137 return ParsedType(); 138 139 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 140 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 141 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 142 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 143 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 144 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 145 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 146 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 147 return ParsedType(); 148 } 149 150 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 151 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 152 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 153 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 154 if (!IIDecl || 155 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 156 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 157 IIDecl = *Res; 158 } 159 } 160 161 if (!IIDecl) { 162 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 163 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 164 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 165 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 166 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 167 // a type name. 168 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 169 return ParsedType(); 170 } 171 172 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 173 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 174 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 175 // perform the name lookup again. 176 break; 177 178 case LookupResult::Found: 179 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 180 break; 181 } 182 183 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 184 185 QualType T; 186 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 187 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 188 189 if (T.isNull()) 190 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 191 192 if (SS) 193 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 194 195 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 196 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 197 } else { 198 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 199 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 200 return ParsedType(); 201 } 202 203 return ParsedType::make(T); 204} 205 206/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 207/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 208/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 209/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C 210/// where the user forgot to specify the tag. 211DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 212 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 213 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 214 LookupName(R, S, false); 215 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 216 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 217 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 218 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 219 default: return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 220 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 221 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 222 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 223 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 224 } 225 } 226 227 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 228} 229 230bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 231 SourceLocation IILoc, 232 Scope *S, 233 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 234 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 235 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 236 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 237 238 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 239 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 240 LookupResult Lookup(*this, &II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 241 NotForRedeclaration); 242 243 if (DeclarationName Corrected = CorrectTypo(Lookup, S, SS, 0, 0, CTC_Type)) { 244 if (NamedDecl *Result = Lookup.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>()) { 245 if ((isa<TypeDecl>(Result) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Result)) && 246 !Result->isInvalidDecl()) { 247 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 248 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 249 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 250 << &II << Lookup.getLookupName() 251 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 252 Result->getNameAsString()); 253 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 254 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 255 << &II << DC << Lookup.getLookupName() << SS->getRange() 256 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 257 Result->getNameAsString()); 258 else 259 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 260 261 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 262 << Result->getDeclName(); 263 264 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS); 265 return true; 266 } 267 } else if (Lookup.empty()) { 268 // We corrected to a keyword. 269 // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it. 270 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 271 << &II << Corrected; 272 return true; 273 } 274 } 275 276 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 277 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 278 UnqualifiedId Name; 279 Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc); 280 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 281 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 282 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 283 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 284 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 285 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 286 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 287 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 288 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 289 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 290 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 291 } 292 return true; 293 } 294 } 295 296 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 297 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 298 299 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 300 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II; 301 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 302 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 303 << &II << DC << SS->getRange(); 304 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 305 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_typename_missing) 306 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName() 307 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 308 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 309 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc).get(); 310 } else { 311 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 312 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 313 } 314 315 return true; 316} 317 318// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 319// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 320// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 321DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 322 323 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 324 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 325 // the context we'll need to return to. 326 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 327 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 328 329 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 330 // lexical context. 331 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 332 return DC; 333 334 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 335 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 336 // class is the context we need to return to. 337 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 338 DC = RD; 339 340 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 341 // declared in. 342 return DC; 343 } 344 345 // ObjCMethodDecls are parsed (for some reason) outside the context 346 // of the class. 347 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) 348 return DC->getLexicalParent()->getLexicalParent(); 349 350 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 351} 352 353void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 354 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 355 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 356 CurContext = DC; 357 S->setEntity(DC); 358} 359 360void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 361 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 362 363 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 364 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 365} 366 367/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 368/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 369/// 370void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 371 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 372 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 373 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 374 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 375 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 376 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 377 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 378 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 379 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 380 // namespace. 381 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 382 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 383 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 384 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 385 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 386 387 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 388 389#ifndef NDEBUG 390 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 391 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 392 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 393#endif 394 395 CurContext = DC; 396 S->setEntity(DC); 397} 398 399void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 400 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 401 402 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 403 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 404 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 405 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 406 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 407 408 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 409 // disappear. 410} 411 412/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 413/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 414/// 415/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 416/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 417/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 418/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 419/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 420/// attribute. 421static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 422 ASTContext &Context) { 423 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 424 return true; 425 426 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 427 return true; 428 429 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 430 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 431} 432 433/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 434void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 435 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 436 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 437 // scope. 438 while (S->getEntity() && 439 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 440 S = S->getParent(); 441 442 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 443 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 444 // into any context. 445 if (AddToContext) 446 CurContext->addDecl(D); 447 448 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 449 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 450 if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 451 D->isOutOfLine()) 452 return; 453 454 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 455 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 456 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 457 return; 458 459 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 460 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 461 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 462 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 463 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 464 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 465 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 466 467 // Should only need to replace one decl. 468 break; 469 } 470 } 471 472 S->AddDecl(D); 473 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 474} 475 476bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S) { 477 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S); 478} 479 480Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 481 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 482 do { 483 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 484 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 485 return S; 486 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 487 488 return 0; 489} 490 491static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 492 DeclContext*, 493 ASTContext&); 494 495/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 496/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 497static void FilterLookupForScope(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R, 498 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 499 bool ConsiderLinkage) { 500 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 501 while (F.hasNext()) { 502 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 503 504 if (SemaRef.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S)) 505 continue; 506 507 if (ConsiderLinkage && 508 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, SemaRef.Context)) 509 continue; 510 511 F.erase(); 512 } 513 514 F.done(); 515} 516 517static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 518 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 519 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 520 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 521} 522 523/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 524static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 525 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 526 while (F.hasNext()) 527 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 528 F.erase(); 529 530 F.done(); 531} 532 533/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 534/// @code 535/// class S { 536/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 537/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 538/// }; 539/// @endcode 540static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 541 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 542 // the decl here. 543 if (D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 544 return false; 545 546 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 547 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 548 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 549 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 550 return false; 551} 552 553bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 554 assert(D); 555 556 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 557 return false; 558 559 // Ignore class templates. 560 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 561 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 562 return false; 563 564 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 565 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 566 return false; 567 568 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 569 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 570 return false; 571 } else { 572 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 573 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 574 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 575 return false; 576 } 577 578 if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 579 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 580 return false; 581 582 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 583 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 584 VD->getType().isConstant(Context) || 585 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 586 return false; 587 588 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 589 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 590 return false; 591 592 } else { 593 return false; 594 } 595 596 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 597 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 598 return false; 599 600 return true; 601} 602 603void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 604 if (!D) 605 return; 606 607 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 608 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 609 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 610 return; // First should already be in the vector. 611 } 612 613 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 614 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 615 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 616 return; // First should already be in the vector. 617 } 618 619 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 620 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 621 } 622 623static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 624 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 625 return false; 626 627 if (D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 628 return false; 629 630 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 631 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 632 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 633 return false; 634 635 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 636 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 637 638 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 639 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 640 641 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 642 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 643 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 644 return false; 645 } 646 647 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 648 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 649 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 650 return false; 651 652 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 653 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 654 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 655 return false; 656 657 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 658 // FIXME: Checking for the presence of a user-declared constructor 659 // isn't completely accurate; we'd prefer to check that the initializer 660 // has no side effects. 661 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 662 return false; 663 } 664 } 665 666 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 667 } 668 669 return true; 670} 671 672void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 673 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 674 return; 675 676 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 677 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_exception_param) 678 << D->getDeclName(); 679 else 680 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_variable) 681 << D->getDeclName(); 682} 683 684void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 685 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 686 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 687 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 688 689 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 690 I != E; ++I) { 691 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 692 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 693 694 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 695 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 696 697 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 698 699 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 700 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 701 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 702 703 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 704 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 705 } 706} 707 708/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 709/// 710/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 711/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 712/// to the fixed name. 713/// 714/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 715/// 716/// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 717/// if there is no class with the given name. 718/// 719/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 720/// class could not be found. 721ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 722 SourceLocation IdLoc, 723 bool TypoCorrection) { 724 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 725 // creation from this context. 726 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 727 728 if (!IDecl && TypoCorrection) { 729 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 730 // find an Objective-C class name. 731 LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 732 if (CorrectTypo(R, TUScope, 0, 0, false, CTC_NoKeywords) && 733 (IDecl = R.getAsSingle<ObjCInterfaceDecl>())) { 734 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 735 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 736 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 737 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 738 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 739 740 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 741 } 742 } 743 744 return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 745} 746 747/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 748/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 749/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 750/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 751/// ill-formed in C++: 752/// @code 753/// struct S6 { 754/// enum { BAR } e; 755/// }; 756/// 757/// void test_S6() { 758/// struct S6 a; 759/// a.e = BAR; 760/// } 761/// @endcode 762/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 763/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 764/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 765/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 766/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 767/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 768/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 769/// contain non-field names. 770Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 771 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 772 (S->getEntity() && 773 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 774 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) 775 S = S->getParent(); 776 return S; 777} 778 779/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 780/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 781/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 782/// built-in. 783NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 784 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 785 SourceLocation Loc) { 786 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 787 788 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 789 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 790 switch (Error) { 791 case ASTContext::GE_None: 792 // Okay 793 break; 794 795 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 796 if (ForRedeclaration) 797 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 798 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 799 return 0; 800 801 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 802 if (ForRedeclaration) 803 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 804 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 805 return 0; 806 } 807 808 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 809 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 810 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 811 << R; 812 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 813 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 814 != Diagnostic::Ignored) 815 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 816 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 817 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 818 } 819 820 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 821 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 822 Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 823 SC_Extern, 824 SC_None, false, 825 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 826 New->setImplicit(); 827 828 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 829 // FunctionDecl. 830 if (FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 831 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 832 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 833 Params.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 0, 834 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 835 SC_None, SC_None, 0)); 836 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 837 } 838 839 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 840 841 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 842 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 843 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 844 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 845 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 846 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 847 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 848 CurContext = SavedContext; 849 return New; 850} 851 852/// MergeTypeDefDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 853/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 854/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 855/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 856/// 857void Sema::MergeTypeDefDecl(TypedefDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 858 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 859 // merging checks. 860 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 861 862 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 863 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 864 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { 865 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 866 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 867 default: break; 868 case 2: 869 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 870 break; 871 Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 872 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 873 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 874 return; 875 case 5: 876 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 877 break; 878 Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 879 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 880 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 881 return; 882 case 3: 883 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 884 break; 885 Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 886 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 887 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 888 return; 889 case 8: 890 if (!TypeID->isStr("Protocol")) 891 break; 892 Context.setObjCProtoType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 893 return; 894 } 895 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 896 } 897 898 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 899 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 900 if (!Old) { 901 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 902 << New->getDeclName(); 903 904 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 905 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 906 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 907 908 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 909 } 910 911 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 912 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 913 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 914 915 // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics. 916 QualType OldType; 917 if (TypedefDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Old)) 918 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 919 else 920 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 921 922 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 923 // with any extensions enabled. 924 925 if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() && 926 Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) != 927 Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) { 928 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 929 << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType; 930 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 931 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 932 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 933 } 934 935 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 936 // declaration was a typedef. 937 // FIXME: this is a potential source of wierdness if the type 938 // spellings don't match exactly. 939 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(Old)) 940 New->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<TypedefDecl>(Old)); 941 942 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 943 return; 944 945 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 946 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 947 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 948 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 949 // to the type to which it already refers. 950 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 951 return; 952 953 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 954 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 955 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 956 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 957 // 958 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 959 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 960 // 961 // struct S { 962 // typedef struct A { } A; 963 // }; 964 // 965 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 966 // allow the above but disallow 967 // 968 // struct S { 969 // typedef int I; 970 // typedef int I; 971 // }; 972 // 973 // since that was the intent of DR56. 974 if (!isa<TypedefDecl >(Old)) 975 return; 976 977 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 978 << New->getDeclName(); 979 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 980 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 981 } 982 983 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 984 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 985 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 986 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 987 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 988 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 989 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 990 return; 991 992 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 993 << New->getDeclName(); 994 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 995 return; 996} 997 998/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 999/// attribute. 1000static bool 1001DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1002 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1003 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1004 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1005 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1006 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1007 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1008 return true; 1009 } 1010 1011 return false; 1012} 1013 1014/// MergeDeclAttributes - append attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1015static void MergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, ASTContext &C) { 1016 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 1017 return; 1018 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1019 // we process them. 1020 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 1021 New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1022 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = Old->attr_begin(), e = Old->attr_end(); i != e; 1023 ++i) { 1024 // FIXME: Make this more general than just checking for Overloadable. 1025 if (!DeclHasAttr(New, *i) && (*i)->getKind() != attr::Overloadable) { 1026 Attr *NewAttr = (*i)->clone(C); 1027 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 1028 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 1029 } 1030 } 1031} 1032 1033namespace { 1034 1035/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1036/// C. 1037struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1038 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1039 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1040 QualType PromotedType; 1041}; 1042 1043} 1044 1045/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1046Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1047 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1048 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1049 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1050 1051 return Sema::CXXConstructor; 1052 } 1053 1054 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) 1055 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1056 1057 assert(MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator() && 1058 "Must have copy assignment operator"); 1059 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1060} 1061 1062/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1063/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1064/// GNU89 mode. 1065static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1066 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1067 return (LangOpts.GNUMode && !LangOpts.C99 && !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1068 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1069 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1070} 1071 1072/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1073/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1074/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1075/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1076/// 1077/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1078/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1079/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1080/// merged with. 1081/// 1082/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1083bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { 1084 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1085 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1086 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1087 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1088 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1089 else 1090 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1091 if (!Old) { 1092 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1093 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1094 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1095 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1096 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1097 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1098 return true; 1099 } 1100 1101 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1102 << New->getDeclName(); 1103 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1104 return true; 1105 } 1106 1107 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 1108 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 1109 diag::kind PrevDiag; 1110 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 1111 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 1112 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 1113 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 1114 else 1115 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 1116 1117 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 1118 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1119 1120 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 1121 // is an extern inline function. 1122 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 1123 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1124 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1125 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) { 1126 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 1127 << New; 1128 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1129 return true; 1130 } 1131 1132 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 1133 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 1134 // calling convention of the first. 1135 // 1136 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 1137 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 1138 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 1139 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 1140 // because it is the default calling convention. 1141 // 1142 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 1143 // other tests to run. 1144 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 1145 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1146 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 1147 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 1148 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 1149 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default && 1150 NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 1151 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 1152 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1153 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 1154 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 1155 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 1156 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 1157 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 1158 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 1159 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 1160 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 1161 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1162 return true; 1163 } 1164 1165 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 1166 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1167 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 1168 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1169 } 1170 1171 // Merge regparm attribute. 1172 if (OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 1173 if (NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 1174 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 1175 << NewType->getRegParmType() 1176 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 1177 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1178 return true; 1179 } 1180 1181 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 1182 RequiresAdjustment = true; 1183 } 1184 1185 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 1186 NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo); 1187 New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0)); 1188 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1189 } 1190 1191 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1192 // (C++98 13.1p2): 1193 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 1194 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 1195 // cannot be overloaded. 1196 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType(); 1197 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType(); 1198 QualType ResQT; 1199 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 1200 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1201 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 1202 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 1203 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 1204 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 1205 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1206 return true; 1207 } 1208 else 1209 NewQType = ResQT; 1210 } 1211 1212 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 1213 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 1214 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 1215 // Preserve triviality. 1216 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 1217 1218 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 1219 1220 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 1221 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 1222 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 1223 // is a static member function declaration. 1224 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 1225 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 1226 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1227 return true; 1228 } 1229 1230 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1231 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 1232 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 1233 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 1234 unsigned NewDiag; 1235 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 1236 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 1237 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 1238 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 1239 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 1240 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 1241 else 1242 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 1243 1244 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 1245 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1246 1247 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 1248 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 1249 // 1250 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 1251 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 1252 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 1253 if (isFriend) { 1254 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 1255 } else { 1256 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1257 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 1258 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1259 return true; 1260 } 1261 } 1262 } 1263 1264 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 1265 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 1266 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 1267 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 1268 1269 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 1270 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 1271 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 1272 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 1273 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 1274 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 1275 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 1276 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 1277 } 1278 1279 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 1280 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1281 1282 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 1283 } 1284 1285 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 1286 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 1287 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1288 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 1289 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1290 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1291 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 1292 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 1293 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 1294 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 1295 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 1296 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 1297 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1298 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 1299 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 1300 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 1301 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 1302 New->setType(NewQType); 1303 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 1304 1305 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 1306 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1307 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 1308 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1309 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 1310 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 1311 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 1312 SourceLocation(), 0, 1313 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 1314 SC_None, SC_None, 1315 0); 1316 Param->setImplicit(); 1317 Params.push_back(Param); 1318 } 1319 1320 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1321 } 1322 1323 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1324 } 1325 1326 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 1327 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 1328 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 1329 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 1330 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 1331 // the prototype. 1332 // 1333 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 1334 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 1335 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 1336 // C99 6.9.1p8. 1337 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1338 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 1339 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 1340 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 1341 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 1342 llvm::SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 1343 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 1344 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1345 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 1346 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1347 1348 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 1349 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 1350 NewProto->getResultType()); 1351 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 1352 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 1353 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 1354 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 1355 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 1356 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1357 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 1358 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1359 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1360 NewParm->getType(), 1361 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 1362 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 1363 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 1364 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 1365 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1366 } else 1367 LooseCompatible = false; 1368 } 1369 1370 if (LooseCompatible) { 1371 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 1372 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 1373 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 1374 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 1375 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 1376 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 1377 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 1378 diag::note_previous_declaration); 1379 } 1380 1381 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 1382 ArgTypes.size(), 1383 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 1384 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1385 } 1386 1387 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 1388 } 1389 1390 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 1391 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 1392 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 1393 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 1394 // signature. 1395 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 1396 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 1397 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 1398 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 1399 // library built-in. 1400 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 1401 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 1402 << Old << Old->getType(); 1403 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 1404 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 1405 return false; 1406 } 1407 1408 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 1409 } 1410 1411 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 1412 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1413 return true; 1414} 1415 1416/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 1417/// known to be compatible. 1418/// 1419/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 1420/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 1421/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 1422/// redeclaration of Old. 1423/// 1424/// \returns false 1425bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) { 1426 // Merge the attributes 1427 MergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1428 1429 // Merge the storage class. 1430 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 1431 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 1432 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1433 1434 // Merge "pure" flag. 1435 if (Old->isPure()) 1436 New->setPure(); 1437 1438 // Merge the "deleted" flag. 1439 if (Old->isDeleted()) 1440 New->setDeleted(); 1441 1442 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1443 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); 1444 1445 return false; 1446} 1447 1448/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 1449/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 1450/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1451/// 1452/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 1453/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 1454/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 1455/// 1456void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 1457 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 1458 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 1459 return; 1460 1461 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 1462 VarDecl *Old = 0; 1463 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 1464 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 1465 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1466 << New->getDeclName(); 1467 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 1468 diag::note_previous_definition); 1469 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1470 } 1471 1472 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1473 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 1474 // 1475 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 1476 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 1477 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 1478 << New->getIdentifier(); 1479 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1480 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1481 } 1482 1483 MergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1484 1485 // Merge the types 1486 QualType MergedT; 1487 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1488 if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) 1489 MergedT = New->getType(); 1490 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 1491 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 1492 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 1493 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 1494 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 1495 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 1496 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 1497 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1498 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1499 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1500 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1501 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1502 MergedT = New->getType(); 1503 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 1504 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 1505 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1506 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1507 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1508 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1509 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1510 MergedT = Old->getType(); 1511 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1512 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 1513 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 1514 } 1515 } else { 1516 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 1517 } 1518 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 1519 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 1520 << New->getDeclName(); 1521 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1522 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1523 } 1524 New->setType(MergedT); 1525 1526 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 1527 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1528 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 1529 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 1530 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1531 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1532 } 1533 // C99 6.2.2p4: 1534 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 1535 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 1536 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 1537 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 1538 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 1539 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 1540 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 1541 // identifier has external linkage. 1542 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 1543 /* Okay */; 1544 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1545 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 1546 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 1547 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1548 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1549 } 1550 1551 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 1552 1553 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 1554 // need to check for mismatches. 1555 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 1556 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 1557 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 1558 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 1559 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 1560 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1561 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1562 } 1563 1564 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 1565 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 1566 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1567 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 1568 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 1569 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1570 } 1571 1572 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 1573 const VarDecl *Def; 1574 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1575 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 1576 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 1577 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1578 << New->getDeclName(); 1579 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1580 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1581 return; 1582 } 1583 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 1584 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 1585 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 1586 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 1587 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 1588 // specified at the prior declaration. 1589 // FIXME. revisit this code. 1590 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 1591 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 1592 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 1593 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1594 1595 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 1596 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 1597 1598 // Inherit access appropriately. 1599 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 1600} 1601 1602/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 1603/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 1604Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1605 DeclSpec &DS) { 1606 // FIXME: Error on inline/virtual/explicit 1607 // FIXME: Warn on useless __thread 1608 // FIXME: Warn on useless const/volatile 1609 // FIXME: Warn on useless static/extern/typedef/private_extern/mutable 1610 // FIXME: Warn on useless attributes 1611 Decl *TagD = 0; 1612 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 1613 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 1614 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 1615 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 1616 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 1617 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 1618 1619 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 1620 return 0; 1621 1622 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 1623 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 1624 // it's a Type. 1625 Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 1626 } 1627 1628 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 1629 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 1630 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 1631 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 1632 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 1633 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 1634 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1635 } 1636 1637 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 1638 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 1639 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 1640 if (TagD && !Tag) 1641 return 0; 1642 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0)); 1643 } 1644 1645 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1646 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, DS.getAttributes().getList()); 1647 1648 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() && 1649 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 1650 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 1651 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 1652 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 1653 1654 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1655 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1656 } 1657 } 1658 1659 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 1660 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1661 CurContext->isRecord() && 1662 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 1663 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 1664 // struct STRUCT; 1665 // and 1666 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 1667 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 1668 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isDefinition()) || 1669 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 1670 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 1671 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 1672 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1673 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 1674 } 1675 } 1676 1677 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1678 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 1679 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 1680 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 1681 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 1682 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1683 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1684 1685 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk() && 1686 DS.getTypeSpecType() != DeclSpec::TST_error) { 1687 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 1688 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 1689 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 1690 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 1691 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 1692 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1693 return Tag; 1694 } 1695 1696 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1697 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1698 } 1699 1700 return TagD; 1701} 1702 1703/// ActOnVlaStmt - This rouine if finds a vla expression in a decl spec. 1704/// builds a statement for it and returns it so it is evaluated. 1705StmtResult Sema::ActOnVlaStmt(const DeclSpec &DS) { 1706 StmtResult R; 1707 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr) { 1708 Expr *Exp = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 1709 QualType Ty = Exp->getType(); 1710 if (Ty->isPointerType()) { 1711 do 1712 Ty = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1713 while (Ty->isPointerType()); 1714 } 1715 if (Ty->isVariableArrayType()) { 1716 R = ActOnExprStmt(MakeFullExpr(Exp)); 1717 } 1718 } 1719 return R; 1720} 1721 1722/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 1723/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 1724/// 1725/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 1726static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 1727 Scope *S, 1728 DeclContext *Owner, 1729 DeclarationName Name, 1730 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1731 unsigned diagnostic) { 1732 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 1733 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 1734 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 1735 1736 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1737 return false; 1738 1739 // Pick a representative declaration. 1740 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1741 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 1742 1743 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 1744 return false; 1745 1746 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 1747 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1748 1749 return true; 1750} 1751 1752/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 1753/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 1754/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 1755/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 1756/// struct, e.g., 1757/// 1758/// @code 1759/// union { 1760/// int i; 1761/// float f; 1762/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 1763/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 1764/// @endcode 1765/// 1766/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 1767/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 1768static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 1769 DeclContext *Owner, 1770 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 1771 AccessSpecifier AS, 1772 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 1773 bool MSAnonStruct) { 1774 unsigned diagKind 1775 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 1776 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 1777 1778 bool Invalid = false; 1779 1780 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 1781 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 1782 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 1783 D != DEnd; ++D) { 1784 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 1785 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 1786 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 1787 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 1788 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 1789 // C++ [class.union]p2: 1790 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 1791 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 1792 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 1793 Invalid = true; 1794 } else { 1795 // C++ [class.union]p2: 1796 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 1797 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 1798 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 1799 // anonymous union is declared. 1800 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 1801 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 1802 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 1803 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 1804 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 1805 else 1806 Chaining.push_back(VD); 1807 1808 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 1809 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 1810 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 1811 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 1812 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 1813 1814 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 1815 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 1816 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 1817 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 1818 1819 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 1820 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 1821 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 1822 1823 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 1824 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 1825 1826 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 1827 } 1828 } 1829 } 1830 1831 return Invalid; 1832} 1833 1834/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 1835/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 1836/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 1837static StorageClass 1838StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 1839 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 1840 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 1841 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 1842 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 1843 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 1844 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 1845 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 1846 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 1847 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 1848 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 1849 } 1850 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 1851} 1852 1853/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 1854/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 1855/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 1856static StorageClass 1857StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 1858 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 1859 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 1860 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 1861 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 1862 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 1863 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 1864 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 1865 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 1866 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 1867 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 1868 } 1869 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 1870} 1871 1872/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 1873/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 1874/// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures 1875/// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension. 1876Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1877 AccessSpecifier AS, 1878 RecordDecl *Record) { 1879 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 1880 1881 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 1882 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1883 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 1884 else if (!Record->isUnion()) 1885 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct); 1886 1887 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 1888 // structs/unions. 1889 bool Invalid = false; 1890 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1891 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 1892 unsigned DiagID; 1893 // C++ [class.union]p3: 1894 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 1895 // global namespace shall be declared static. 1896 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 1897 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 1898 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 1899 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 1900 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static); 1901 Invalid = true; 1902 1903 // Recover by adding 'static'. 1904 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 1905 PrevSpec, DiagID); 1906 } 1907 // C++ [class.union]p3: 1908 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 1909 // anonymous union in a class scope. 1910 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 1911 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 1912 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 1913 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec); 1914 Invalid = true; 1915 1916 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 1917 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(), 1918 PrevSpec, DiagID); 1919 } 1920 1921 // C++ [class.union]p2: 1922 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 1923 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 1924 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 1925 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 1926 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 1927 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 1928 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 1929 // C++ [class.union]p3: 1930 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 1931 // members (clause 11). 1932 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 1933 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 1934 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 1935 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 1936 Invalid = true; 1937 } 1938 1939 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 1940 Invalid = true; 1941 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 1942 // Any implicit members are fine. 1943 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 1944 // This is a type that showed up in an 1945 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 1946 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 1947 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 1948 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 1949 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 1950 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 1951 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 1952 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 1953 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 1954 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1955 else { 1956 // This is a nested type declaration. 1957 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 1958 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1959 Invalid = true; 1960 } 1961 } 1962 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 1963 // Any access specifier is fine. 1964 } else { 1965 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 1966 // member. Complain about it. 1967 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 1968 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 1969 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 1970 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 1971 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 1972 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 1973 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 1974 1975 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 1976 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && 1977 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 1978 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 1979 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1980 else { 1981 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 1982 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1983 Invalid = true; 1984 } 1985 } 1986 } 1987 } 1988 1989 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 1990 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 1991 << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 1992 Invalid = true; 1993 } 1994 1995 // Mock up a declarator. 1996 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 1997 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 1998 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 1999 2000 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 2001 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 2002 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 2003 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, Record->getLocation(), 2004 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2005 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2006 TInfo, 2007 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 2008 Anon->setAccess(AS); 2009 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2010 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 2011 } else { 2012 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 2013 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2014 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2015 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2016 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2017 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2018 // an error here 2019 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2020 Invalid = true; 2021 SC = SC_None; 2022 } 2023 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2024 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2025 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2026 2027 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, Record->getLocation(), 2028 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2029 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2030 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2031 } 2032 Anon->setImplicit(); 2033 2034 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 2035 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 2036 // its members. 2037 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 2038 2039 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 2040 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2041 // purposes. 2042 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2043 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2044 2045 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 2046 Chain, false)) 2047 Invalid = true; 2048 2049 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 2050 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 2051 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 2052 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 2053 // builds its lookup table, and once by 2054 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 2055 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 2056 2057 if (Invalid) 2058 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2059 2060 return Anon; 2061} 2062 2063/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 2064/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 2065/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 2066/// Example: 2067/// 2068/// struct A { int a; }; 2069/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 2070/// 2071/// void foo() { 2072/// B var; 2073/// var.a = 3; 2074/// } 2075/// 2076Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2077 RecordDecl *Record) { 2078 2079 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 2080 if (!Record) 2081 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 2082 2083 // Mock up a declarator. 2084 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2085 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2086 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 2087 2088 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 2089 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 2090 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 2091 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2092 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2093 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2094 TInfo, 2095 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 2096 Anon->setImplicit(); 2097 2098 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 2099 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 2100 2101 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 2102 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2103 // purposes. 2104 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2105 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2106 2107 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 2108 Record->getDefinition(), 2109 AS_none, Chain, true)) 2110 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2111 2112 return Anon; 2113} 2114 2115/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 2116/// given Declarator. 2117DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 2118 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 2119} 2120 2121/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 2122DeclarationNameInfo 2123Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 2124 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 2125 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2126 2127 switch (Name.getKind()) { 2128 2129 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 2130 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 2131 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2132 return NameInfo; 2133 2134 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 2135 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2136 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 2137 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2138 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 2139 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 2140 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 2141 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 2142 return NameInfo; 2143 2144 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 2145 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 2146 Name.Identifier)); 2147 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2148 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 2149 return NameInfo; 2150 2151 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 2152 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2153 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 2154 if (Ty.isNull()) 2155 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2156 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 2157 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2158 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2159 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2160 return NameInfo; 2161 } 2162 2163 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 2164 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2165 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 2166 if (Ty.isNull()) 2167 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2168 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2169 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2170 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2171 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2172 return NameInfo; 2173 } 2174 2175 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 2176 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 2177 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 2178 // to find the actual type being constructed. 2179 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 2180 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 2181 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2182 2183 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 2184 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 2185 2186 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 2187 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 2188 // was qualified. 2189 2190 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2191 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 2192 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2193 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 2194 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 2195 return NameInfo; 2196 } 2197 2198 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 2199 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2200 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 2201 if (Ty.isNull()) 2202 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2203 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 2204 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2205 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2206 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2207 return NameInfo; 2208 } 2209 2210 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 2211 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 2212 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 2213 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 2214 } 2215 2216 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 2217 2218 assert(false && "Unknown name kind"); 2219 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2220} 2221 2222/// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions 2223/// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic 2224/// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line 2225/// function definition doesn't match any declaration within 2226/// the class or namespace. 2227static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext &Context, 2228 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 2229 FunctionDecl *Definition) { 2230 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 2231 return false; 2232 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 2233 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2234 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2235 2236 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamTy.getNonReferenceType(), 2237 DefParamTy.getNonReferenceType())) 2238 return false; 2239 } 2240 2241 return true; 2242} 2243 2244/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 2245/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 2246/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 2247/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 2248/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 2249static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 2250 DeclarationName Name) { 2251 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 2252 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 2253 // - types which will become injected class names 2254 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 2255 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 2256 // few cases here. 2257 2258 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 2259 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 2260 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 2261 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 2262 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: { 2263 // Grab the type from the parser. 2264 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 2265 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 2266 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 2267 2268 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 2269 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 2270 // attached already. 2271 if (!TSI) 2272 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 2273 2274 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 2275 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 2276 if (!TSI) return true; 2277 2278 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 2279 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 2280 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 2281 break; 2282 } 2283 2284 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 2285 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2286 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 2287 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 2288 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 2289 break; 2290 } 2291 2292 default: 2293 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 2294 break; 2295 } 2296 2297 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 2298 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 2299 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 2300 2301 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 2302 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 2303 // pointer. 2304 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 2305 continue; 2306 2307 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 2308 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 2309 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 2310 return true; 2311 } 2312 2313 return false; 2314} 2315 2316Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 2317 return HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), false); 2318} 2319 2320Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 2321 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 2322 bool IsFunctionDefinition) { 2323 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 2324 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 2325 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 2326 2327 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 2328 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 2329 if (!Name) { 2330 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 2331 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2332 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 2333 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 2334 return 0; 2335 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 2336 return 0; 2337 2338 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 2339 // we find one that is. 2340 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 2341 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 2342 S = S->getParent(); 2343 2344 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 2345 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 2346 D.setInvalidType(); 2347 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2348 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 2349 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 2350 return 0; 2351 2352 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 2353 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 2354 if (!DC) { 2355 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 2356 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 2357 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 2358 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 2359 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2360 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 2361 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 2362 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2363 return 0; 2364 } 2365 2366 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 2367 2368 if (!IsDependentContext && 2369 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 2370 return 0; 2371 2372 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 2373 if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 2374 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2375 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 2376 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2377 D.setInvalidType(); 2378 } else if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext) && 2379 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 2380 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class 2381 // definition: 2382 // 2383 // class X { 2384 // void X::f(); 2385 // }; 2386 if (CurContext->Equals(DC)) 2387 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification) 2388 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange()); 2389 else 2390 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_qualification) 2391 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2392 2393 // Pretend that this qualifier was not here. 2394 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 2395 } 2396 } 2397 2398 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 2399 // declaration in the current instantiation. 2400 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 2401 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 2402 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 2403 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 2404 D.setInvalidType(); 2405 } 2406 } 2407 2408 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 2409 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 2410 // name different from T: 2411 // - every static data member of class T; 2412 // - every member function of class T 2413 // - every member of class T that is itself a type; 2414 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 2415 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 2416 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) 2417 << Name; 2418 2419 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 2420 // Just return early; it's safer. 2421 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2422 return 0; 2423 } 2424 2425 NamedDecl *New; 2426 2427 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 2428 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 2429 2430 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 2431 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 2432 D.setInvalidType(); 2433 2434 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 2435 ForRedeclaration); 2436 2437 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 2438 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2439 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 2440 2441 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 2442 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 2443 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 2444 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2445 /* Do nothing*/; 2446 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 2447 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 2448 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 2449 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2450 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 2451 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2452 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 2453 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 2454 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2455 2456 if (IsLinkageLookup) 2457 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 2458 2459 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 2460 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 2461 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 2462 2463 // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for 2464 // out-of-line members. 2465 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 2466 2467 // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: 2468 // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named 2469 // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit 2470 // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being 2471 // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears 2472 // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the 2473 // declarations namespace. 2474 // 2475 // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet 2476 // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually 2477 // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: 2478 // 2479 // class X { 2480 // void f(); 2481 // void f(float); 2482 // }; 2483 // 2484 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 2485 // 2486 // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set 2487 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 2488 // matches. 2489 2490 // First check whether we named the global scope. 2491 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 2492 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 2493 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2494 } else { 2495 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 2496 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 2497 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 2498 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 2499 // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. 2500 // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. 2501 SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 2502 SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2503 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 2504 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; 2505 else 2506 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 2507 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R; 2508 D.setInvalidType(); 2509 } 2510 } 2511 } 2512 2513 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 2514 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 2515 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 2516 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 2517 if (DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2518 Previous.getFoundDecl())) 2519 D.setInvalidType(); 2520 2521 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 2522 Previous.clear(); 2523 } 2524 2525 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 2526 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 2527 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 2528 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 2529 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 2530 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2531 Previous.clear(); 2532 2533 bool Redeclaration = false; 2534 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2535 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 2536 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 2537 return 0; 2538 } 2539 2540 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, Redeclaration); 2541 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 2542 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 2543 move(TemplateParamLists), 2544 IsFunctionDefinition, Redeclaration); 2545 } else { 2546 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 2547 move(TemplateParamLists), 2548 Redeclaration); 2549 } 2550 2551 if (New == 0) 2552 return 0; 2553 2554 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 2555 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 2556 if (New->getDeclName() && !(Redeclaration && New->isInvalidDecl())) 2557 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 2558 2559 return New; 2560} 2561 2562/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array 2563/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise 2564/// be errors (for GCC compatibility). 2565static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 2566 ASTContext &Context, 2567 bool &SizeIsNegative, 2568 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 2569 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 2570 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 2571 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 2572 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 2573 SizeIsNegative = false; 2574 Oversized = 0; 2575 2576 if (T->isDependentType()) 2577 return QualType(); 2578 2579 QualifierCollector Qs; 2580 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 2581 2582 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 2583 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 2584 QualType FixedType = 2585 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2586 Oversized); 2587 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 2588 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 2589 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 2590 } 2591 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 2592 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 2593 QualType FixedType = 2594 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2595 Oversized); 2596 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 2597 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 2598 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 2599 } 2600 2601 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 2602 if (!VLATy) 2603 return QualType(); 2604 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 2605 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 2606 return QualType(); 2607 2608 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; 2609 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 2610 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || 2611 !EvalResult.Val.isInt()) 2612 return QualType(); 2613 2614 // Check whether the array size is negative. 2615 llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); 2616 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 2617 SizeIsNegative = true; 2618 return QualType(); 2619 } 2620 2621 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 2622 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 2623 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 2624 Res); 2625 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 2626 Oversized = Res; 2627 return QualType(); 2628 } 2629 2630 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 2631 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 2632} 2633 2634/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 2635/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 2636void 2637Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 2638 const LookupResult &Previous, 2639 Scope *S) { 2640 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 2641 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 2642 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 2643 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 2644 2645 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 2646 return; 2647 2648 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 2649 2650 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 2651 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 2652 // declaration. 2653 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 2654 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 2655 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 2656 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 2657 S = S->getParent(); 2658 2659 if (S) 2660 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 2661 } 2662} 2663 2664/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 2665/// does not identify a function. 2666void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 2667 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 2668 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 2669 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 2670 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 2671 diag::err_inline_non_function); 2672 2673 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 2674 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 2675 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 2676 2677 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 2678 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 2679 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 2680} 2681 2682NamedDecl* 2683Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 2684 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2685 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 2686 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 2687 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2688 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 2689 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2690 D.setInvalidType(); 2691 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 2692 DC = CurContext; 2693 Previous.clear(); 2694 } 2695 2696 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2697 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 2698 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 2699 } 2700 2701 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 2702 2703 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 2704 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 2705 2706 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 2707 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 2708 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 2709 return 0; 2710 } 2711 2712 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R, TInfo); 2713 if (!NewTD) return 0; 2714 2715 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 2716 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 2717 2718 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 2719 // then it shall have block scope. 2720 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 2721 // that redeclarations will match. 2722 QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); 2723 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 2724 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 2725 2726 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 2727 bool SizeIsNegative; 2728 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 2729 QualType FixedTy = 2730 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2731 Oversized); 2732 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 2733 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 2734 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy)); 2735 } else { 2736 if (SizeIsNegative) 2737 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 2738 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 2739 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 2740 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 2741 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_array_too_large) 2742 << Oversized.toString(10); 2743 else 2744 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 2745 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 2746 } 2747 } 2748 } 2749 2750 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 2751 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 2752 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false); 2753 if (!Previous.empty()) { 2754 Redeclaration = true; 2755 MergeTypeDefDecl(NewTD, Previous); 2756 } 2757 2758 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 2759 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 2760 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 2761 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 2762 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 2763 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 2764 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 2765 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 2766 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 2767 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 2768 else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list")) 2769 Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD)); 2770 } 2771 2772 return NewTD; 2773} 2774 2775/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 2776/// previous declaration. 2777/// 2778/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 2779/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 2780/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 2781/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 2782/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 2783/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 2784/// 2785/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 2786/// lookup 2787/// 2788/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 2789/// declared. 2790/// 2791/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 2792/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 2793static bool 2794isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 2795 ASTContext &Context) { 2796 if (!PrevDecl) 2797 return false; 2798 2799 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 2800 return false; 2801 2802 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2803 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 2804 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 2805 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 2806 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 2807 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 2808 // linkage of the previous declaration. 2809 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 2810 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2811 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 2812 return false; 2813 2814 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 2815 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 2816 // We found a member function: ignore it. 2817 return false; 2818 2819 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 2820 // previous declarations. 2821 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 2822 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 2823 2824 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 2825 // isn't the same function. 2826 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 2827 return false; 2828 } 2829 2830 return true; 2831} 2832 2833static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 2834 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 2835 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 2836 DD->setQualifierInfo(static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()), 2837 SS.getRange()); 2838} 2839 2840NamedDecl* 2841Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 2842 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2843 LookupResult &Previous, 2844 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 2845 bool &Redeclaration) { 2846 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 2847 2848 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 2849 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2850 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 2851 2852 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 2853 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2854 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2855 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2856 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2857 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2858 // an error here 2859 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2860 D.setInvalidType(); 2861 SC = SC_None; 2862 } 2863 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2864 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2865 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2866 2867 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 2868 if (!II) { 2869 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 2870 << Name.getAsString(); 2871 return 0; 2872 } 2873 2874 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 2875 2876 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 2877 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 2878 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 2879 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 2880 2881 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 2882 // is a GNU extension. 2883 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 2884 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 2885 else 2886 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 2887 D.setInvalidType(); 2888 } 2889 } 2890 2891 bool isExplicitSpecialization; 2892 VarDecl *NewVD; 2893 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2894 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2895 II, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2896 2897 if (D.isInvalidType()) 2898 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 2899 } else { 2900 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 2901 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 2902 if (SC == SC_Static) { 2903 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 2904 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 2905 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 2906 } else if (SC == SC_None) 2907 SC = SC_Static; 2908 } 2909 if (SC == SC_Static) { 2910 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 2911 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 2912 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2913 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 2914 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 2915 2916 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 2917 // the program is ill-formed. 2918 // 2919 // We also disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 2920 if (CurContext->isRecord() && (RD->isUnion() || !RD->getDeclName())) 2921 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2922 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_union_or_anon_struct) 2923 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 2924 } 2925 } 2926 2927 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 2928 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 2929 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 2930 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParamLists.size(); 2931 bool Invalid = false; 2932 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 2933 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 2934 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2935 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 2936 TemplateParamLists.get(), 2937 TemplateParamLists.size(), 2938 /*never a friend*/ false, 2939 isExplicitSpecialization, 2940 Invalid)) { 2941 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 2942 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 2943 2944 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 2945 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 2946 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 2947 << II 2948 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 2949 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 2950 return 0; 2951 } else { 2952 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 2953 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 2954 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 2955 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 2956 << II 2957 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 2958 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 2959 2960 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 2961 } 2962 } 2963 2964 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2965 II, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2966 2967 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 2968 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 2969 2970 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 2971 2972 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2973 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 2974 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 2975 TemplateParamLists.release()); 2976 } 2977 } 2978 2979 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 2980 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 2981 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 2982 else if (!Context.Target.isTLSSupported()) 2983 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 2984 else 2985 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 2986 } 2987 2988 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 2989 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 2990 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 2991 2992 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 2993 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 2994 2995 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 2996 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 2997 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 2998 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 2999 llvm::StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 3000 if (S->getFnParent() != 0 && 3001 !Context.Target.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 3002 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 3003 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 3004 Context, Label)); 3005 } 3006 3007 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 3008 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 3009 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 3010 3011 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 3012 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 3013 // declaration has linkage). 3014 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage()); 3015 3016 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3017 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3018 else { 3019 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 3020 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3021 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3022 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 3023 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3024 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 3025 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3026 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 3027 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3028 Previous.clear(); 3029 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3030 } 3031 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3032 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 3033 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 3034 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 3035 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3036 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3037 } 3038 3039 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3040 3041 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 3042 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 3043 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 3044 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3045 // For variables declared as __block which require copy construction, 3046 // must capture copy initialization expression here. 3047 if (!NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3048 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 3049 if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isReferenceType() && 3050 T->getAs<RecordType>() && !T->isUnionType()) { 3051 Expr *E = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(NewVD, T, 3052 VK_LValue, SourceLocation()); 3053 ExprResult Res = PerformCopyInitialization( 3054 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(NewVD->getLocation(), 3055 T, false), 3056 SourceLocation(), 3057 Owned(E)); 3058 if (!Res.isInvalid()) { 3059 Res = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Res); 3060 Expr *Init = Res.takeAs<Expr>(); 3061 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(NewVD, Init); 3062 } 3063 } 3064 } 3065 } 3066 3067 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 3068 // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not 3069 // here. 3070 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3071 VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3072 if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) && 3073 Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) { 3074 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 3075 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3076 } 3077 } 3078 3079 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 3080 // such variables. 3081 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 3082 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3083 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 3084 3085 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 3086 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 3087 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 3088 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 3089 3090 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 3091 3092 return NewVD; 3093} 3094 3095/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 3096/// -Wshadow. 3097/// 3098/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 3099/// scope. 3100/// 3101/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 3102/// \param R the lookup of the name 3103/// 3104void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 3105 // Return if warning is ignored. 3106 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 3107 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3108 return; 3109 3110 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. The scope might not 3111 // have a DeclContext if (e.g.) we're parsing a function prototype. 3112 DeclContext *NewDC = static_cast<DeclContext*>(S->getEntity()); 3113 if (NewDC && NewDC->isFileContext()) 3114 return; 3115 3116 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 3117 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 3118 return; 3119 3120 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 3121 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3122 return; 3123 3124 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 3125 3126 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 3127 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 3128 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 3129 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 3130 return; 3131 3132 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 3133 // static data members from base classes? 3134 3135 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 3136 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 3137 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 3138 } 3139 3140 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 3141 unsigned Kind; 3142 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 3143 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3144 Kind = 3; // field 3145 else 3146 Kind = 2; // static data member 3147 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 3148 Kind = 1; // global 3149 else 3150 Kind = 0; // local 3151 3152 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 3153 3154 // Emit warning and note. 3155 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 3156 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3157} 3158 3159/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 3160void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 3161 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 3162 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3163 return; 3164 3165 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 3166 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3167 LookupName(R, S); 3168 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 3169} 3170 3171/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 3172/// declaration. 3173/// 3174/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 3175/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 3176/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 3177/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 3178/// that have been instantiated from a template. 3179/// 3180/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 3181void Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 3182 LookupResult &Previous, 3183 bool &Redeclaration) { 3184 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 3185 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3186 return; 3187 3188 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 3189 3190 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 3191 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 3192 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3193 } 3194 3195 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 3196 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 3197 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 3198 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 3199 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 3200 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 3201 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3202 } 3203 3204 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 3205 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3206 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 3207 3208 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 3209 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 3210 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3211 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3212 3213 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 3214 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 3215 bool SizeIsNegative; 3216 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3217 QualType FixedTy = 3218 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3219 Oversized); 3220 3221 if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 3222 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 3223 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 3224 // int a[10][n]; 3225 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 3226 3227 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3228 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 3229 << SizeRange; 3230 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 3231 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 3232 << SizeRange; 3233 else 3234 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 3235 << SizeRange; 3236 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3237 } 3238 3239 if (FixedTy.isNull()) { 3240 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3241 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3242 else 3243 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 3244 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3245 } 3246 3247 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3248 NewVD->setType(FixedTy); 3249 } 3250 3251 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 3252 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 3253 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 3254 // declaration with the same name. 3255 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3256 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewVD->getDeclName()); 3257 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3258 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 3259 } 3260 3261 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 3262 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 3263 << T; 3264 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3265 } 3266 3267 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3268 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 3269 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3270 } 3271 3272 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3273 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 3274 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3275 } 3276 3277 // Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only 3278 // function pointer-to-members can do that. 3279 QualType Pointee; 3280 unsigned PtrOrRef = 0; 3281 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 3282 Pointee = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 3283 else if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 3284 Pointee = Ref->getPointeeType(); 3285 PtrOrRef = 1; 3286 } 3287 if (!Pointee.isNull() && Pointee->isFunctionProtoType() && 3288 Pointee->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) { 3289 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer) 3290 << PtrOrRef; 3291 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3292 } 3293 3294 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3295 Redeclaration = true; 3296 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 3297 } 3298} 3299 3300/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 3301struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 3302 Sema *S; 3303 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 3304}; 3305 3306/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 3307/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 3308/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 3309static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 3310 CXXBasePath &Path, 3311 void *UserData) { 3312 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 3313 3314 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 3315 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 3316 3317 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 3318 3319 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 3320 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3321 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 3322 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 3323 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 3324 3325 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 3326 } 3327 3328 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 3329 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 3330 ++Path.Decls.first) { 3331 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 3332 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 3333 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 3334 return true; 3335 } 3336 } 3337 3338 return false; 3339} 3340 3341/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 3342/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 3343bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 3344 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 3345 CXXBasePaths Paths; 3346 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 3347 Data.Method = MD; 3348 Data.S = this; 3349 bool AddedAny = false; 3350 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 3351 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 3352 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 3353 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 3354 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 3355 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 3356 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD)) { 3357 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 3358 AddedAny = true; 3359 } 3360 } 3361 } 3362 } 3363 3364 return AddedAny; 3365} 3366 3367static void DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD) { 3368 LookupResult Prev(S, NewFD->getDeclName(), NewFD->getLocation(), 3369 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3370 S.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewFD->getDeclContext()); 3371 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 3372 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 3373 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 3374 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 3375 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Func) && 3376 isNearlyMatchingFunction(S.Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func), NewFD)) 3377 S.Diag((*Func)->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 3378 } 3379} 3380 3381/// CheckClassMemberNameAttributes - Check for class member name checking 3382/// attributes according to [dcl.attr.override] 3383static void 3384CheckClassMemberNameAttributes(Sema& SemaRef, const FunctionDecl *FD) { 3385 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 3386 if (!MD || !MD->isVirtual()) 3387 return; 3388 3389 bool HasOverrideAttr = MD->hasAttr<OverrideAttr>(); 3390 bool HasOverriddenMethods = 3391 MD->begin_overridden_methods() != MD->end_overridden_methods(); 3392 3393 /// C++ [dcl.attr.override]p2: 3394 /// If a virtual member function f is marked override and does not override 3395 /// a member function of a base class the program is ill-formed. 3396 if (HasOverrideAttr && !HasOverriddenMethods) { 3397 SemaRef.Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::err_override_function_not_overriding) 3398 << MD->getDeclName(); 3399 return; 3400 } 3401 3402 if (!MD->getParent()->hasAttr<BaseCheckAttr>()) 3403 return; 3404 3405 /// C++ [dcl.attr.override]p6: 3406 /// In a class definition marked base_check, if a virtual member function 3407 /// that is neither implicitly-declared nor a destructor overrides a 3408 /// member function of a base class and it is not marked override, the 3409 /// program is ill-formed. 3410 if (HasOverriddenMethods && !HasOverrideAttr && !MD->isImplicit() && 3411 !isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 3412 llvm::SmallVector<const CXXMethodDecl*, 4> 3413 OverriddenMethods(MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 3414 MD->end_overridden_methods()); 3415 3416 SemaRef.Diag(MD->getLocation(), 3417 diag::err_function_overriding_without_override) 3418 << MD->getDeclName() << (unsigned)OverriddenMethods.size(); 3419 3420 for (unsigned I = 0; I != OverriddenMethods.size(); ++I) 3421 SemaRef.Diag(OverriddenMethods[I]->getLocation(), 3422 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 3423 } 3424} 3425 3426NamedDecl* 3427Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3428 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3429 LookupResult &Previous, 3430 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 3431 bool IsFunctionDefinition, bool &Redeclaration) { 3432 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 3433 3434 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3435 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3436 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3437 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = SC_None; 3438 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 3439 default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); 3440 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 3441 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 3442 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 3443 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3444 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 3445 D.setInvalidType(); 3446 break; 3447 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = SC_None; break; 3448 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = SC_Extern; break; 3449 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 3450 if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 3451 // C99 6.7.1p5: 3452 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 3453 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 3454 // other than extern 3455 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 3456 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3457 diag::err_static_block_func); 3458 SC = SC_None; 3459 } else 3460 SC = SC_Static; 3461 break; 3462 } 3463 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = SC_PrivateExtern; break; 3464 } 3465 3466 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3467 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3468 3469 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 3470 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 3471 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3472 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 3473 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 3474 D.setInvalidType(); 3475 } 3476 3477 FunctionDecl *NewFD; 3478 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 3479 bool isFriend = false; 3480 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3481 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3482 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3483 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 3484 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3485 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 3486 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = 0; 3487 3488 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3489 // Determine whether the function was written with a 3490 // prototype. This true when: 3491 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 3492 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 3493 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 3494 bool HasPrototype = 3495 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 3496 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 3497 3498 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, 3499 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3500 HasPrototype); 3501 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3502 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3503 3504 // Set the lexical context. 3505 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3506 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 3507 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage()); 3508 } else { 3509 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3510 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 3511 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 3512 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 3513 3514 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 3515 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 3516 // the class has been completely parsed. 3517 if (!DC->isRecord() && 3518 RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3519 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 3520 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 3521 AbstractReturnType)) 3522 D.setInvalidType(); 3523 3524 3525 if (isFriend) { 3526 // C++ [class.friend]p5 3527 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 3528 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 3529 isInline |= IsFunctionDefinition; 3530 } 3531 3532 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 3533 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 3534 assert(DC->isRecord() && 3535 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 3536 3537 R = CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3538 3539 // Create the new declaration 3540 NewFD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create(Context, 3541 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3542 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3543 isExplicit, isInline, 3544 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 3545 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3546 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 3547 if (DC->isRecord()) { 3548 R = CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3549 3550 NewFD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, 3551 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3552 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3553 isInline, 3554 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 3555 isVirtualOkay = true; 3556 } else { 3557 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 3558 3559 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 3560 // code path. 3561 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3562 Name, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3563 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 3564 D.setInvalidType(); 3565 } 3566 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 3567 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 3568 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3569 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 3570 return 0; 3571 } 3572 3573 CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3574 NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3575 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3576 isInline, isExplicit); 3577 3578 isVirtualOkay = true; 3579 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 3580 // If the of the function is the same as the name of the record, then this 3581 // must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 3582 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 3583 // constructor if it has no return type). 3584 // must have an invalid constructor that has a return type 3585 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 3586 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 3587 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 3588 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 3589 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 3590 return 0; 3591 } 3592 3593 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 3594 3595 // [class.free]p1: 3596 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 3597 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 3598 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 3599 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 3600 isStatic = true; 3601 3602 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 3603 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 3604 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 3605 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 3606 isStatic = true; 3607 3608 // This is a C++ method declaration. 3609 NewFD = CXXMethodDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3610 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3611 isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline); 3612 3613 isVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 3614 } else { 3615 // Determine whether the function was written with a 3616 // prototype. This true when: 3617 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 3618 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, 3619 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3620 true/*HasPrototype*/); 3621 } 3622 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 3623 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3624 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 3625 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParamLists.size(); 3626 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3627 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3628 3629 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 3630 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 3631 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 3632 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3633 3634 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 3635 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 3636 bool Invalid = false; 3637 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 3638 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 3639 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3640 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3641 TemplateParamLists.get(), 3642 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3643 isFriend, 3644 isExplicitSpecialization, 3645 Invalid)) { 3646 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 3647 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 3648 3649 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 3650 // This is a function template 3651 3652 // Check that we can declare a template here. 3653 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 3654 return 0; 3655 3656 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 3657 NewFD->getLocation(), 3658 Name, TemplateParams, 3659 NewFD); 3660 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3661 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 3662 } else { 3663 // This is a function template specialization. 3664 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 3665 3666 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 3667 if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 3668 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 3669 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 3670 3671 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 3672 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 3673 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 3674 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 3675 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 3676 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 3677 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 3678 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 3679 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 3680 } 3681 3682 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 3683 << Name << RemoveRange 3684 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 3685 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 3686 } 3687 } 3688 } 3689 3690 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3691 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3692 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 3693 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3694 } 3695 3696 if (Invalid) { 3697 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3698 if (FunctionTemplate) 3699 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 3700 } 3701 3702 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 3703 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 3704 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 3705 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 3706 // 3707 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3708 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 3709 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3710 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3711 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 3712 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 3713 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 3714 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 3715 } else { 3716 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 3717 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 3718 } 3719 } 3720 3721 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 3722 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function declaration. 3723 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3724 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 3725 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 3726 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3727 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 3728 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 3729 } 3730 } 3731 3732 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 3733 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 3734 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; see 12.3.1 3735 // and 12.3.2. 3736 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3737 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 3738 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 3739 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3740 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 3741 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 3742 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 3743 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 3744 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 3745 // or conversion function. 3746 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3747 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 3748 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 3749 } 3750 } 3751 3752 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 3753 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage()); 3754 3755 if (isFriend) { 3756 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 3757 if (FunctionTemplate) { 3758 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 3759 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 3760 } 3761 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 3762 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 3763 } 3764 3765 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && IsFunctionDefinition) { 3766 // A method is implicitly inline if it's defined in its class 3767 // definition. 3768 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 3769 } 3770 3771 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 3772 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 3773 // C++ [class.static]p1: 3774 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 3775 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 3776 // the class. 3777 3778 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 3779 // member function definition. 3780 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3781 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 3782 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3783 } 3784 } 3785 3786 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 3787 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 3788 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 3789 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 3790 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 3791 SE->getString())); 3792 } 3793 3794 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 3795 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 3796 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3797 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 3798 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 3799 3800 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 3801 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 3802 // single void argument. 3803 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 3804 // already checks for that case. 3805 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 3806 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 3807 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 3808 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 3809 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param); 3810 3811 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 3812 // typedef of void is not permitted. 3813 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 3814 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) 3815 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void); 3816 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 3817 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 3818 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 3819 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 3820 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 3821 Params.push_back(Param); 3822 3823 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 3824 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3825 } 3826 } 3827 3828 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 3829 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 3830 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 3831 // parameters for use in the declaration. 3832 // 3833 // @code 3834 // typedef void fn(int); 3835 // fn f; 3836 // @endcode 3837 3838 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 3839 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 3840 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 3841 ParmVarDecl *Param = 3842 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 3843 Params.push_back(Param); 3844 } 3845 } else { 3846 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 3847 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 3848 } 3849 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 3850 NewFD->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 3851 3852 bool OverloadableAttrRequired=false; // FIXME: HACK! 3853 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3854 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 3855 bool isExplctSpecialization=false; 3856 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplctSpecialization, 3857 Redeclaration, 3858 /*FIXME:*/OverloadableAttrRequired); 3859 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 3860 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 3861 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 3862 } else { 3863 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 3864 // argument list into our AST format. 3865 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 3866 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 3867 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 3868 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 3869 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 3870 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 3871 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 3872 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 3873 TemplateId->NumArgs); 3874 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 3875 TemplateArgs); 3876 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 3877 3878 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 3879 3880 if (FunctionTemplate) { 3881 // FIXME: Diagnose function template with explicit template 3882 // arguments. 3883 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 3884 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 3885 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3886 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 3887 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 3888 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 3889 // too few of them). 3890 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 3891 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 3892 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 3893 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3894 "template<> "); 3895 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 3896 } else { 3897 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 3898 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 3899 } 3900 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 3901 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 3902 // wrote something like: 3903 // template <> friend void foo(int); 3904 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 3905 // friend void foo<>(int); 3906 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 3907 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 3908 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 3909 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 3910 } 3911 3912 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 3913 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 3914 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 3915 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 3916 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 3917 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext())) { 3918 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 3919 "friend function specialization without template args"); 3920 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 3921 Previous)) 3922 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3923 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 3924 if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 3925 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 3926 Previous)) 3927 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3928 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 3929 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 3930 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3931 } 3932 3933 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 3934 bool flag_c_overloaded=false; // unused for c++ 3935 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization, 3936 Redeclaration, /*FIXME:*/flag_c_overloaded); 3937 3938 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 3939 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 3940 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 3941 3942 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 3943 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 3944 : NewFD); 3945 3946 if (isFriend && Redeclaration) { 3947 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 3948 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 3949 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDeclaration()->getAccess(); 3950 3951 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 3952 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 3953 3954 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 3955 } 3956 3957 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 3958 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 3959 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 3960 3961 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 3962 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 3963 if (FunctionTemplate) { 3964 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDeclaration(); 3965 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3966 PrevTemplate? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 3967 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate 3968 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 3969 } 3970 3971 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3972 // Ignore all the rest of this. 3973 } else if (!Redeclaration) { 3974 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 3975 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 3976 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 3977 3978 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 3979 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3980 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 3981 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 3982 3983 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 3984 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 3985 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 3986 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 3987 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 3988 // can actually do this check immediately. 3989 if (isFriend && 3990 (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists || 3991 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 3992 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 3993 // ignore these 3994 } else { 3995 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 3996 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 3997 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 3998 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 3999 // 4000 // class X { 4001 // void f() const; 4002 // }; 4003 // 4004 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 4005 // 4006 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 4007 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 4008 // whether the parameter types are references). 4009 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match) 4010 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4011 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4012 4013 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 4014 } 4015 4016 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 4017 // to something. 4018 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 4019 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_matching_local_friend); 4020 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4021 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 4022 } 4023 4024 } else if (!IsFunctionDefinition && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 4025 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 4026 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 4027 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 4028 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4029 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 4030 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 4031 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an extension 4032 // for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to generate them. 4033 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 4034 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4035 } 4036 } 4037 4038 4039 // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes 4040 // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). 4041 // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then, 4042 // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts. 4043 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 4044 4045 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 4046 // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging 4047 if (Redeclaration && Previous.isSingleResult()) { 4048 const FunctionDecl *Def; 4049 FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4050 if (PrevFD && PrevFD->hasBody(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) { 4051 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 4052 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4053 } 4054 } 4055 4056 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 4057 4058 if (OverloadableAttrRequired && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 4059 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 4060 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 4061 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 4062 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 4063 if (!Previous.empty()) 4064 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 4065 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 4066 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), Context)); 4067 } 4068 4069 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 4070 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4071 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 4072 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 4073 << NewFD; 4074 4075 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 4076 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4077 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 4078 EPI.Variadic = true; 4079 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 4080 4081 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 4082 NewFD->setType(R); 4083 } 4084 4085 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4086 // member, set the visibility of this function. 4087 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4088 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 4089 4090 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 4091 // map of such names. 4092 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 4093 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4094 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 4095 4096 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 4097 NewFD->setLocEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 4098 4099 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4100 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4101 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4102 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4103 return FunctionTemplate; 4104 } 4105 CheckClassMemberNameAttributes(*this, NewFD); 4106 } 4107 4108 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 4109 return NewFD; 4110} 4111 4112/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 4113/// 4114/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 4115/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 4116/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 4117/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 4118/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 4119/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 4120/// via InstantiateDecl). 4121/// 4122/// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is 4123/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 4124/// 4125/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 4126void Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4127 LookupResult &Previous, 4128 bool IsExplicitSpecialization, 4129 bool &Redeclaration, 4130 bool &OverloadableAttrRequired) { 4131 // If NewFD is already known erroneous, don't do any of this checking. 4132 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4133 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 4134 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 4135 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 4136 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 4137 4138 return; 4139 } 4140 4141 if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4142 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 4143 // because all functions have linkage. 4144 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 4145 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4146 } 4147 4148 if (NewFD->isMain()) 4149 CheckMain(NewFD); 4150 4151 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 4152 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 4153 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4154 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4155 // declaration with the same name. 4156 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4157 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewFD->getDeclName()); 4158 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4159 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4160 } 4161 4162 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 4163 // the same name, if appropriate. 4164 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4165 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 4166 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 4167 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 4168 // function to the scope. 4169 4170 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 4171 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 4172 Redeclaration = true; 4173 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 4174 } else { 4175 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 4176 OverloadableAttrRequired = true; 4177 4178 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 4179 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 4180 case Ovl_Match: 4181 Redeclaration = true; 4182 break; 4183 4184 case Ovl_NonFunction: 4185 Redeclaration = true; 4186 break; 4187 4188 case Ovl_Overload: 4189 Redeclaration = false; 4190 break; 4191 } 4192 } 4193 4194 if (Redeclaration) { 4195 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 4196 // merged. 4197 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) 4198 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4199 4200 Previous.clear(); 4201 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 4202 4203 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 4204 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 4205 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 4206 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 4207 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 4208 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 4209 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 4210 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 4211 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4212 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4213 } 4214 4215 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 4216 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 4217 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 4218 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 4219 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 4220 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 4221 } 4222 } else { 4223 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 4224 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 4225 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 4226 } 4227 } 4228 } 4229 4230 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 4231 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4232 // C++-specific checks. 4233 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 4234 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 4235 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 4236 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 4237 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 4238 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4239 4240 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 4241 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 4242 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 4243 DeclarationName Name 4244 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4245 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 4246 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 4247 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 4248 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4249 } 4250 } 4251 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 4252 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 4253 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 4254 } 4255 4256 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 4257 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4258 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 4259 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4260 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 4261 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 4262 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 4263 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual) 4264 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 4265 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator 4266 Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(), 4267 OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods(); 4268 Overridden != OverriddenEnd; 4269 ++Overridden) { 4270 Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(), 4271 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 4272 } 4273 } 4274 } 4275 } 4276 } 4277 4278 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 4279 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 4280 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 4281 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4282 4283 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 4284 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 4285 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 4286 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4287 4288 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 4289 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 4290 // during delayed parsing anyway. 4291 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 4292 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 4293 4294 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 4295 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 4296 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 4297 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 4298 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 4299 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 4300 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 4301 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 4302 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 4303 } 4304 } 4305 } 4306} 4307 4308void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD) { 4309 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline 4310 // or static is ill-formed. 4311 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 4312 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 4313 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 4314 bool isInline = FD->isInlineSpecified(); 4315 bool isStatic = FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static; 4316 if (isInline || isStatic) { 4317 unsigned diagID = diag::warn_unusual_main_decl; 4318 if (isInline || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 4319 diagID = diag::err_unusual_main_decl; 4320 4321 int which = isStatic + (isInline << 1) - 1; 4322 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diagID) << which; 4323 } 4324 4325 QualType T = FD->getType(); 4326 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 4327 const FunctionType* FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4328 4329 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 4330 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4331 TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc().IgnoreParens(); 4332 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder& D = Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), 4333 diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 4334 if (FunctionTypeLoc* PTL = dyn_cast<FunctionTypeLoc>(&TL)) { 4335 D << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(PTL->getResultLoc().getSourceRange(), 4336 "int"); 4337 } 4338 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4339 } 4340 4341 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 4342 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 4343 4344 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 4345 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 4346 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 4347 4348 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 4349 4350 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 4351 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 4352 // getting shifty. 4353 if (nparams == 4 && 4354 Context.Target.getTriple().getOS() == llvm::Triple::Darwin) 4355 HasExtraParameters = false; 4356 4357 if (HasExtraParameters) { 4358 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 4359 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4360 nparams = 3; 4361 } 4362 4363 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 4364 // if we had some location information about types. 4365 4366 QualType CharPP = 4367 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 4368 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 4369 4370 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 4371 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 4372 4373 bool mismatch = true; 4374 4375 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 4376 mismatch = false; 4377 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 4378 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 4379 // char const ** 4380 // char const * const * 4381 // char * const * 4382 4383 QualifierCollector qs; 4384 const PointerType* PT; 4385 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 4386 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 4387 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 4388 qs.removeConst(); 4389 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 4390 } 4391 } 4392 4393 if (mismatch) { 4394 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 4395 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 4396 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4397 } 4398 } 4399 4400 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4401 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 4402 } 4403 4404 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4405 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 4406 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 4407 } 4408} 4409 4410bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 4411 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 4412 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 4413 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 4414 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 4415 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 4416 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 4417 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 4418 // rules there don't matter.) 4419 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 4420 return false; 4421 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 4422 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4423 return true; 4424} 4425 4426void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init) { 4427 AddInitializerToDecl(dcl, init, /*DirectInit=*/false); 4428} 4429 4430/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 4431/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 4432/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 4433void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) { 4434 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 4435 // the initializer. 4436 if (RealDecl == 0) 4437 return; 4438 4439 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 4440 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 4441 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 4442 // Thus this grotesque test. 4443 IntegerLiteral *IL; 4444 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 4445 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 4446 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 4447 else { 4448 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 4449 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 4450 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 4451 } 4452 return; 4453 } 4454 4455 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 4456 if (!VDecl) { 4457 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 4458 RealDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 4459 isa<NamedDecl>(RealDecl)) 4460 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_member_initialization); 4461 else 4462 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 4463 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4464 return; 4465 } 4466 4467 4468 4469 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 4470 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the 4471 // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 4472 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 4473 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 4474 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 4475 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 4476 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4477 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4478 return; 4479 } 4480 4481 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 4482 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 4483 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4484 AbstractVariableType)) 4485 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4486 4487 const VarDecl *Def; 4488 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 4489 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 4490 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 4491 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4492 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4493 return; 4494 } 4495 4496 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 4497 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4498 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 4499 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 4500 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 4501 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 4502 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 4503 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 4504 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 4505 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 4506 // 4507 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 4508 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 4509 // declaration with an initializer. 4510 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 4511 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << VDecl->getDeclName(); 4512 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4513 return; 4514 } 4515 4516 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 4517 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4518 4519 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 4520 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4521 return; 4522 } 4523 } 4524 4525 // Capture the variable that is being initialized and the style of 4526 // initialization. 4527 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 4528 4529 // FIXME: Poor source location information. 4530 InitializationKind Kind 4531 = DirectInit? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 4532 Init->getLocStart(), 4533 Init->getLocEnd()) 4534 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 4535 Init->getLocStart()); 4536 4537 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 4538 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 4539 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 4540 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 4541 if (VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5 4542 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 4543 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4544 } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4545 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4546 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4547 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4548 &DclT); 4549 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4550 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4551 return; 4552 } 4553 4554 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4555 4556 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 4557 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 4558 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4559 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) // C99 6.7.8p4. 4560 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 4561 } 4562 } 4563 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 4564 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 4565 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 4566 // 4567 // struct S { 4568 // static const int value = 17; 4569 // }; 4570 4571 // Try to perform the initialization regardless. 4572 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4573 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4574 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4575 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4576 &DclT); 4577 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4578 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4579 return; 4580 } 4581 4582 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4583 } 4584 4585 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 4586 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 4587 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 4588 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 4589 QualType T = VDecl->getType(); 4590 4591 // Do nothing on dependent types. 4592 if (T->isDependentType()) { 4593 4594 // Require constness. 4595 } else if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 4596 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 4597 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4598 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4599 4600 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 4601 } else if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 4602 if (!Init->isValueDependent()) { 4603 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 4604 llvm::APSInt Value; 4605 SourceLocation Loc; 4606 if (!Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context, &Loc)) { 4607 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 4608 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4609 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4610 } 4611 } 4612 4613 // We allow floating-point constants as an extension in C++03, and 4614 // C++0x has far more complicated rules that we don't really 4615 // implement fully. 4616 } else { 4617 bool Allowed = false; 4618 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) { 4619 Allowed = T->isLiteralType(); 4620 } else if (T->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 4621 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 4622 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 4623 Allowed = true; 4624 } 4625 4626 if (!Allowed) { 4627 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 4628 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 4629 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4630 4631 // TODO: there are probably expressions that pass here that shouldn't. 4632 } else if (!Init->isValueDependent() && 4633 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) { 4634 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 4635 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4636 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4637 } 4638 } 4639 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 4640 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 4641 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 4642 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 4643 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 4644 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4645 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4646 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4647 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4648 &DclT); 4649 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4650 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4651 return; 4652 } 4653 4654 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4655 } 4656 4657 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 4658 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 4659 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4660 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 4661 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 4662 } 4663 } 4664 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 4665 // completed by the initializer. For example: 4666 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 4667 // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 4668 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) { 4669 VDecl->setType(DclT); 4670 Init->setType(DclT); 4671 } 4672 4673 4674 // If this variable is a local declaration with record type, make sure it 4675 // doesn't have a flexible member initialization. We only support this as a 4676 // global/static definition. 4677 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 4678 if (const RecordType *RT = VDecl->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) 4679 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 4680 // Check whether the initializer tries to initialize the flexible 4681 // array member itself to anything other than an empty initializer list. 4682 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 4683 unsigned Index = std::distance(RT->getDecl()->field_begin(), 4684 RT->getDecl()->field_end()) - 1; 4685 if (Index < ILE->getNumInits() && 4686 !(isa<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index)) && 4687 cast<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index))->getNumInits() == 0)) { 4688 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_flexible_variable); 4689 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4690 } 4691 } 4692 } 4693 4694 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 4695 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 4696 4697 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 4698 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 4699 VDecl->setInit(Init); 4700 4701 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4702 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 4703 !VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 4704 VDecl->hasGlobalStorage() && !VDecl->isStaticLocal() && 4705 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, 4706 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) 4707 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 4708 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4709 4710 // Make sure we mark the destructor as used if necessary. 4711 QualType InitType = VDecl->getType(); 4712 while (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsArrayType(InitType)) 4713 InitType = Context.getBaseElementType(Array); 4714 if (const RecordType *Record = InitType->getAs<RecordType>()) 4715 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VDecl, Record); 4716 } 4717 4718 return; 4719} 4720 4721/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 4722/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 4723/// of sanity. 4724void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 4725 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 4726 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 4727 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 4728 4729 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 4730 if (!VD) return; 4731 4732 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 4733 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 4734 4735 // Require a complete type. 4736 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 4737 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 4738 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4739 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 4740 return; 4741 } 4742 4743 // Require an abstract type. 4744 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 4745 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4746 AbstractVariableType)) { 4747 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 4748 return; 4749 } 4750 4751 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 4752 // though. 4753} 4754 4755void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 4756 bool TypeContainsUndeducedAuto) { 4757 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 4758 if (RealDecl == 0) 4759 return; 4760 4761 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 4762 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 4763 4764 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p3 4765 if (TypeContainsUndeducedAuto) { 4766 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 4767 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 4768 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4769 return; 4770 } 4771 4772 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 4773 case VarDecl::Definition: 4774 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 4775 break; 4776 4777 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 4778 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 4779 // a declaration. 4780 // 4781 // Fall through 4782 4783 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 4784 // It's only a declaration. 4785 4786 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 4787 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 4788 // object shall be complete. 4789 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 4790 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 4791 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4792 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 4793 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4794 4795 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 4796 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 4797 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4798 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4799 AbstractVariableType)) 4800 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4801 return; 4802 4803 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 4804 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 4805 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 4806 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 4807 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 4808 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 4809 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 4810 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 4811 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 4812 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 4813 ArrayT->getElementType(), 4814 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 4815 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4816 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 4817 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 4818 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 4819 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 4820 // NOTE: code such as the following 4821 // static struct s; 4822 // struct s { int a; }; 4823 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 4824 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 4825 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 4826 if (Var->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0) 4827 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4828 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 4829 } 4830 } 4831 4832 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 4833 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 4834 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 4835 return; 4836 } 4837 4838 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 4839 // definitions with incomplete array type. 4840 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 4841 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 4842 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 4843 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4844 return; 4845 } 4846 4847 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 4848 // definitions with reference type. 4849 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 4850 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 4851 << Var->getDeclName() 4852 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 4853 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4854 return; 4855 } 4856 4857 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 4858 // variable with dependent type. 4859 if (Type->isDependentType()) 4860 return; 4861 4862 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 4863 return; 4864 4865 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 4866 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 4867 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4868 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4869 return; 4870 } 4871 4872 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 4873 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4874 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4875 AbstractVariableType)) { 4876 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4877 return; 4878 } 4879 4880 const RecordType *Record 4881 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>(); 4882 if (Record && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 4883 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->isPOD()) { 4884 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 4885 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 4886 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 4887 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 4888 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 4889 // type shall have a user-declared default 4890 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 4891 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 4892 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 4893 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 4894 // program is ill-formed. 4895 // FIXME: DPG thinks it is very fishy that C++0x disables this. 4896 } else { 4897 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 4898 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 4899 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 4900 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) 4901 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4902 4903 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 4904 InitializationKind Kind 4905 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 4906 4907 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 4908 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4909 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0)); 4910 if (Init.isInvalid()) 4911 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4912 else if (Init.get()) { 4913 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 4914 4915 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 4916 Var->hasGlobalStorage() && !Var->isStaticLocal() && 4917 !Var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 4918 !Var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 4919 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor); 4920 } 4921 } 4922 4923 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Record) 4924 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(Var, Record); 4925 } 4926} 4927 4928Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 4929Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4930 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 4931 llvm::SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 4932 4933 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 4934 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 4935 4936 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 4937 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 4938 Decls.push_back(D); 4939 4940 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, 4941 Decls.data(), Decls.size())); 4942} 4943 4944 4945/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 4946/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 4947Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4948 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 4949 4950 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 4951 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 4952 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 4953 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 4954 StorageClass = SC_Register; 4955 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 4956 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 4957 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4958 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 4959 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 4960 } 4961 4962 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4963 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4964 4965 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4966 4967 TagDecl *OwnedDecl = 0; 4968 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S, &OwnedDecl); 4969 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 4970 4971 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4972 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 4973 // parameter. 4974 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4975 4976 if (OwnedDecl && OwnedDecl->isDefinition()) { 4977 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 4978 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 4979 Diag(OwnedDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 4980 << Context.getTypeDeclType(OwnedDecl); 4981 } 4982 4983 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4984 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4985 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 4986 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4987 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 4988 } 4989 4990 // FIXME: Variadic templates. 4991 if (D.hasEllipsis()) { 4992 Diag(D.getEllipsisLoc(), diag::err_function_parameter_pack_unsupported); 4993 D.setInvalidType(); 4994 } 4995 } 4996 4997 // Ensure we have a valid name 4998 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 4999 if (D.hasName()) { 5000 II = D.getIdentifier(); 5001 if (!II) { 5002 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 5003 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 5004 D.setInvalidType(true); 5005 } 5006 } 5007 5008 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 5009 if (II) { 5010 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 5011 ForRedeclaration); 5012 LookupName(R, S); 5013 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 5014 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5015 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 5016 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5017 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 5018 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5019 PrevDecl = 0; 5020 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 5021 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 5022 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5023 5024 // Recover by removing the name 5025 II = 0; 5026 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 5027 D.setInvalidType(true); 5028 } 5029 } 5030 } 5031 5032 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 5033 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 5034 // looking like class members in C++. 5035 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 5036 TInfo, parmDeclType, II, 5037 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5038 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 5039 5040 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5041 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5042 5043 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 5044 S->AddDecl(New); 5045 if (II) 5046 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 5047 5048 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 5049 5050 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5051 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 5052 } 5053 return New; 5054} 5055 5056/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 5057/// typedef. 5058ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 5059 SourceLocation Loc, 5060 QualType T) { 5061 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, 0, 5062 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 5063 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 5064 Param->setImplicit(); 5065 return Param; 5066} 5067 5068void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 5069 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 5070 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 5071 // will already have done so in the template itself. 5072 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 5073 return; 5074 5075 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 5076 if (!(*Param)->isUsed() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 5077 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 5078 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 5079 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 5080 } 5081 } 5082} 5083 5084void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 5085 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 5086 QualType ReturnTy, 5087 NamedDecl *D) { 5088 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 5089 return; 5090 5091 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 5092 // threshold. 5093 if (ReturnTy->isPODType()) { 5094 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 5095 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 5096 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 5097 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 5098 } 5099 5100 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 5101 // threshold. 5102 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 5103 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 5104 if (!T->isPODType()) 5105 continue; 5106 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 5107 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 5108 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 5109 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 5110 } 5111} 5112 5113ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, 5114 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, QualType T, 5115 IdentifierInfo *Name, 5116 SourceLocation NameLoc, 5117 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 5118 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 5119 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, NameLoc, Name, 5120 adjustParameterType(T), TSInfo, 5121 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 5122 0); 5123 5124 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 5125 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 5126 // the class has been completely parsed. 5127 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 5128 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5129 AbstractParamType)) 5130 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5131 5132 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 5133 // passed by reference. 5134 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 5135 Diag(NameLoc, 5136 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T; 5137 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5138 } 5139 5140 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 5141 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 5142 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 5143 // an address space. 5144 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 5145 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 5146 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5147 } 5148 5149 return New; 5150} 5151 5152void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5153 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 5154 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 5155 5156 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 5157 // for a K&R function. 5158 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 5159 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 5160 --i; 5161 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 5162 llvm::SmallString<256> Code; 5163 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 5164 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 5165 << ";\n"; 5166 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 5167 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 5168 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 5169 5170 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 5171 // type. 5172 DeclSpec DS; 5173 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 5174 unsigned DiagID; // unused 5175 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 5176 PrevSpec, DiagID); 5177 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 5178 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 5179 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 5180 } 5181 } 5182 } 5183} 5184 5185Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 5186 Declarator &D) { 5187 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 5188 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 5189 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 5190 5191 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 5192 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), 5193 /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true); 5194 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 5195} 5196 5197static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5198 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 5199 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 5200 return false; 5201 5202 // Or declarations that aren't global. 5203 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 5204 return false; 5205 5206 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 5207 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 5208 return false; 5209 5210 // Don't warn about 'main'. 5211 if (FD->isMain()) 5212 return false; 5213 5214 // Don't warn about inline functions. 5215 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 5216 return false; 5217 5218 // Don't warn about function templates. 5219 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 5220 return false; 5221 5222 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 5223 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 5224 return false; 5225 5226 bool MissingPrototype = true; 5227 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration(); 5228 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) { 5229 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 5230 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 5231 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5232 continue; 5233 5234 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 5235 break; 5236 } 5237 5238 return MissingPrototype; 5239} 5240 5241Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 5242 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 5243 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 5244 5245 if (!D) 5246 return D; 5247 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 5248 5249 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 5250 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 5251 else 5252 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5253 5254 // Enter a new function scope 5255 PushFunctionScope(); 5256 5257 // See if this is a redefinition. 5258 // But don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 5259 // was an extern inline function. 5260 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 5261 if (FD->hasBody(Definition) && 5262 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) { 5263 if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 5264 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 5265 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 5266 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 5267 else 5268 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 5269 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5270 } 5271 5272 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 5273 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 5274 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 5275 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 5276 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5277 } 5278 } 5279 5280 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 5281 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 5282 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 5283 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 5284 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 5285 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 5286 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 5287 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5288 5289 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 5290 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 5291 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 5292 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 5293 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 5294 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 5295 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 5296 5297 if (FnBodyScope) 5298 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 5299 5300 // Check the validity of our function parameters 5301 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 5302 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 5303 5304 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 5305 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 5306 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 5307 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 5308 5309 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 5310 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 5311 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 5312 5313 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 5314 } 5315 } 5316 5317 // Checking attributes of current function definition 5318 // dllimport attribute. 5319 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5320 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 5321 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 5322 if (!DA->isInherited()) { 5323 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 5324 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 5325 << "dllimport"; 5326 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5327 return FD; 5328 } 5329 5330 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 5331 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 5332 if (!LangOpts.Microsoft) { 5333 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 5334 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 5335 // emitted. 5336 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 5337 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5338 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 5339 } 5340 } 5341 return FD; 5342} 5343 5344/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 5345/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 5346/// optimization. 5347/// 5348/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 5349/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 5350/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 5351/// use the named return value optimization. 5352/// 5353/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 5354/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 5355/// the NRVO variable. 5356/// 5357/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 5358/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 5359/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 5360static void ComputeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 5361 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 5362 5363 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 5364 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 5365 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 5366 return; 5367 5368 if (!NRVOCandidate) 5369 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 5370 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 5371 return; 5372 } 5373 5374 if (NRVOCandidate) 5375 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 5376} 5377 5378Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 5379 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false); 5380} 5381 5382Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 5383 bool IsInstantiation) { 5384 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 5385 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 5386 if (FunTmpl) 5387 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 5388 else 5389 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 5390 5391 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 5392 5393 if (FD) { 5394 FD->setBody(Body); 5395 if (FD->isMain()) { 5396 // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0. 5397 // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 5398 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 5399 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 5400 } 5401 5402 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5403 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 5404 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 5405 FD->getResultType(), FD); 5406 5407 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 5408 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 5409 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 5410 5411 ComputeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 5412 } 5413 5414 assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused"); 5415 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 5416 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 5417 MD->setBody(Body); 5418 if (Body) 5419 MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd()); 5420 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5421 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 5422 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 5423 MD->getResultType(), MD); 5424 } 5425 } else { 5426 return 0; 5427 } 5428 5429 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 5430 5431 // Check goto/label use. 5432 FunctionScopeInfo *CurFn = getCurFunction(); 5433 for (llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, LabelStmt*>::iterator 5434 I = CurFn->LabelMap.begin(), E = CurFn->LabelMap.end(); I != E; ++I) { 5435 LabelStmt *L = I->second; 5436 5437 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 5438 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 5439 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 5440 if (L->getSubStmt() != 0) { 5441 if (!L->isUsed()) 5442 Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::warn_unused_label) << L->getName(); 5443 continue; 5444 } 5445 5446 // Emit error. 5447 Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L->getName(); 5448 5449 // At this point, we have gotos that use the bogus label. Stitch it into 5450 // the function body so that they aren't leaked and that the AST is well 5451 // formed. 5452 if (Body == 0) { 5453 // The whole function wasn't parsed correctly. 5454 continue; 5455 } 5456 5457 // Otherwise, the body is valid: we want to stitch the label decl into the 5458 // function somewhere so that it is properly owned and so that the goto 5459 // has a valid target. Do this by creating a new compound stmt with the 5460 // label in it. 5461 5462 // Give the label a sub-statement. 5463 L->setSubStmt(new (Context) NullStmt(L->getIdentLoc())); 5464 5465 CompoundStmt *Compound = isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body) ? 5466 cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)->getTryBlock() : 5467 cast<CompoundStmt>(Body); 5468 llvm::SmallVector<Stmt*, 64> Elements(Compound->body_begin(), 5469 Compound->body_end()); 5470 Elements.push_back(L); 5471 Compound->setStmts(Context, Elements.data(), Elements.size()); 5472 } 5473 5474 if (Body) { 5475 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 5476 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 5477 // Verify this. 5478 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 5479 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 5480 5481 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 5482 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 5483 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 5484 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 5485 !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction()) 5486 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 5487 5488 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 5489 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 5490 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 5491 5492 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 5493 Destructor->getParent()); 5494 } 5495 5496 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 5497 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 5498 // deletion in some later function. 5499 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) 5500 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 5501 else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 5502 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 5503 // enabled. 5504 QualType ResultType; 5505 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) { 5506 AnalysisWarnings.IssueWarnings(WP, FD); 5507 } else { 5508 ObjCMethodDecl *MD = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl); 5509 AnalysisWarnings.IssueWarnings(WP, MD); 5510 } 5511 } 5512 5513 assert(ExprTemporaries.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 5514 } 5515 5516 if (!IsInstantiation) 5517 PopDeclContext(); 5518 5519 PopFunctionOrBlockScope(); 5520 5521 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 5522 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 5523 // deletion in some later function. 5524 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) 5525 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 5526 5527 return dcl; 5528} 5529 5530/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 5531/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 5532NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 5533 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 5534 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 5535 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 5536 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 5537 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 5538 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 5539 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(&II); 5540 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 5541 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 5542 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5543 return Pos->second; 5544 } 5545 5546 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 5547 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 5548 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_builtin_unknown) << &II; 5549 else if (getLangOptions().C99) 5550 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 5551 else 5552 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 5553 5554 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 5555 const char *Dummy; 5556 DeclSpec DS; 5557 unsigned DiagID; 5558 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 5559 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 5560 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 5561 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 5562 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(ParsedAttributes(), 5563 false, false, SourceLocation(), 0, 5564 0, 0, false, SourceLocation(), 5565 false, 0,0,0, Loc, Loc, D), 5566 SourceLocation()); 5567 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 5568 5569 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 5570 5571 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 5572 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 5573 5574 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 5575 FD->setImplicit(); 5576 5577 CurContext = PrevDC; 5578 5579 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 5580 5581 return FD; 5582} 5583 5584/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 5585/// the declaration of this function. 5586/// 5587/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 5588/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 5589/// like NSLog or printf. 5590void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 5591 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 5592 return; 5593 5594 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 5595 // actual attributes. 5596 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 5597 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 5598 unsigned FormatIdx; 5599 bool HasVAListArg; 5600 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 5601 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5602 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5603 "printf", FormatIdx+1, 5604 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 5605 } 5606 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 5607 HasVAListArg)) { 5608 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5609 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5610 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 5611 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 5612 } 5613 5614 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 5615 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 5616 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 5617 if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno && 5618 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 5619 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 5620 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5621 } 5622 5623 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID)) 5624 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5625 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID)) 5626 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5627 } 5628 5629 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 5630 if (!Name) 5631 return; 5632 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5633 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 5634 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 5635 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 5636 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 5637 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 5638 // about. 5639 } else 5640 return; 5641 5642 if (Name->isStr("NSLog") || Name->isStr("NSLogv")) { 5643 // FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific 5644 if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 5645 // FIXME: We known better than our headers. 5646 const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType(Context, "printf"); 5647 } else 5648 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5649 "printf", 1, 5650 Name->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2)); 5651 } else if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 5652 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 5653 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 5654 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5655 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5656 "printf", 2, 5657 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 5658 } 5659} 5660 5661TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 5662 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 5663 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 5664 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 5665 5666 if (!TInfo) { 5667 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 5668 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5669 } 5670 5671 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 5672 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 5673 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5674 D.getIdentifier(), 5675 TInfo); 5676 5677 if (const TagType *TT = T->getAs<TagType>()) { 5678 TagDecl *TD = TT->getDecl(); 5679 5680 // If the TagDecl that the TypedefDecl points to is an anonymous decl 5681 // keep track of the TypedefDecl. 5682 if (!TD->getIdentifier() && !TD->getTypedefForAnonDecl()) 5683 TD->setTypedefForAnonDecl(NewTD); 5684 } 5685 5686 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5687 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5688 return NewTD; 5689} 5690 5691 5692/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 5693/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 5694/// 5695/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 5696bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 5697 TagTypeKind NewTag, 5698 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 5699 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 5700 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 5701 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 5702 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 5703 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 5704 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 5705 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 5706 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 5707 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 5708 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 5709 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 5710 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 5711 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 5712 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 5713 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 5714 if (OldTag == NewTag) 5715 return true; 5716 5717 if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) && 5718 (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) { 5719 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 5720 bool isTemplate = false; 5721 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 5722 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 5723 5724 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 5725 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 5726 << isTemplate << &Name 5727 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 5728 OldTag == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct"); 5729 Diag(Previous->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 5730 return true; 5731 } 5732 return false; 5733} 5734 5735/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 5736/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 5737/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 5738/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 5739Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 5740 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5741 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 5742 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 5743 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 5744 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 5745 bool ScopedEnum, bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 5746 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 5747 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 5748 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 5749 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 5750 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 5751 5752 OwnedDecl = false; 5753 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 5754 5755 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 5756 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5757 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParameterLists.size(); 5758 bool Invalid = false; 5759 5760 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 5761 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 5762 // for non-C++ cases. 5763 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists || 5764 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 5765 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 5766 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, SS, 5767 TemplateParameterLists.get(), 5768 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 5769 TUK == TUK_Friend, 5770 isExplicitSpecialization, 5771 Invalid)) { 5772 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 5773 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 5774 5775 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 5776 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 5777 // be a member of another template). 5778 if (Invalid) 5779 return 0; 5780 5781 OwnedDecl = false; 5782 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 5783 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 5784 TemplateParams, 5785 AS); 5786 TemplateParameterLists.release(); 5787 return Result.get(); 5788 } else { 5789 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 5790 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 5791 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 5792 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 5793 } 5794 } 5795 } 5796 5797 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 5798 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 5799 // redeclaration. 5800 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 5801 5802 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 5803 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 5804 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 5805 // type, default to int. 5806 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 5807 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 5808 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 5809 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 5810 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 5811 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 5812 EnumUnderlying = TI; 5813 5814 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 5815 5816 if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIntegralType(Context)) { 5817 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) 5818 << T; 5819 // Recover by falling back to int. 5820 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 5821 } 5822 5823 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(UnderlyingLoc, TI, 5824 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 5825 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 5826 5827 } else if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 5828 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 5829 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 5830 } 5831 5832 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 5833 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 5834 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 5835 5836 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 5837 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 5838 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 5839 5840 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 5841 5842 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 5843 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 5844 5845 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 5846 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 5847 Name = 0; 5848 goto CreateNewDecl; 5849 } 5850 5851 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 5852 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 5853 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 5854 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 5855 if (!DC) { 5856 IsDependent = true; 5857 return 0; 5858 } 5859 } else { 5860 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 5861 if (!DC) { 5862 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 5863 << SS.getRange(); 5864 return 0; 5865 } 5866 } 5867 5868 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 5869 return 0; 5870 5871 SearchDC = DC; 5872 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 5873 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5874 5875 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 5876 return 0; 5877 5878 if (Previous.empty()) { 5879 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 5880 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 5881 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 5882 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 5883 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 5884 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 5885 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 5886 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 5887 IsDependent = true; 5888 return 0; 5889 } 5890 5891 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 5892 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 5893 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 5894 Name = 0; 5895 Invalid = true; 5896 goto CreateNewDecl; 5897 } 5898 } else if (Name) { 5899 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 5900 // declaration or definition. 5901 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 5902 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 5903 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 5904 LookupName(Previous, S); 5905 5906 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 5907 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 5908 return 0; 5909 5910 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 5911 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 5912 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 5913 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 5914 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 5915 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 5916 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 5917 } 5918 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 5919 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 5920 // initial context to the translation unit. 5921 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 5922 } 5923 5924 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5925 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5926 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5927 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5928 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5929 Previous.clear(); 5930 } 5931 5932 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 5933 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 5934 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 5935 isStdBadAlloc = true; 5936 5937 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 5938 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 5939 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 5940 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 5941 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 5942 } 5943 } 5944 5945 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 5946 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 5947 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 5948 // there's a shadow friend decl. 5949 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 5950 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 5951 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 5952 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 5953 5954 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 5955 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 5956 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 5957 // 5958 // class-key identifier 5959 // 5960 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 5961 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 5962 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 5963 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 5964 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 5965 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 5966 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 5967 // declaration. 5968 // 5969 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 5970 // C structs and unions. 5971 // 5972 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 5973 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 5974 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 5975 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 5976 // 5977 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 5978 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 5979 // 5980 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 5981 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 5982 // lexical context, 5983 while (SearchDC->isRecord()) 5984 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 5985 5986 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 5987 while (S->isClassScope() || 5988 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5989 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 5990 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 5991 (S->getEntity() && 5992 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 5993 S = S->getParent(); 5994 } else { 5995 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 5996 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 5997 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 5998 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 5999 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 6000 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 6001 } 6002 6003 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 6004 // diagnose some problems. 6005 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6006 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 6007 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 6008 } 6009 } 6010 6011 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6012 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 6013 6014 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 6015 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 6016 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 6017 // in C++. 6018 // 6019 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 6020 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 6021 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 6022 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 6023 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6024 if (TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6025 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 6026 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 6027 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 6028 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 6029 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 6030 PrevDecl = Tag; 6031 Previous.clear(); 6032 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 6033 Previous.resolveKind(); 6034 } 6035 } 6036 } 6037 } 6038 6039 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6040 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 6041 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 6042 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 6043 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 6044 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) { 6045 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 6046 // struct or something similar. 6047 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, KWLoc, *Name)) { 6048 bool SafeToContinue 6049 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 6050 Kind != TTK_Enum); 6051 if (SafeToContinue) 6052 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 6053 << Name 6054 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 6055 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 6056 else 6057 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 6058 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6059 6060 if (SafeToContinue) 6061 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 6062 else { 6063 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 6064 Name = 0; 6065 Previous.clear(); 6066 Invalid = true; 6067 } 6068 } 6069 6070 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 6071 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 6072 6073 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 6074 // returning the previous declaration. 6075 if (ScopedEnum != PrevEnum->isScoped()) { 6076 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 6077 << PrevEnum->isScoped(); 6078 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6079 return PrevTagDecl; 6080 } 6081 else if (EnumUnderlying && PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 6082 QualType T; 6083 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 6084 T = TI->getType(); 6085 else 6086 T = QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0); 6087 6088 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, PrevEnum->getIntegerType())) { 6089 Diag(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 6090 diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 6091 << T 6092 << PrevEnum->getIntegerType(); 6093 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6094 return PrevTagDecl; 6095 } 6096 } 6097 else if (!EnumUnderlying.isNull() != PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 6098 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 6099 << PrevEnum->isFixed(); 6100 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6101 return PrevTagDecl; 6102 } 6103 } 6104 6105 if (!Invalid) { 6106 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 6107 6108 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 6109 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 6110 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 6111 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 6112 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && !PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind()) || 6113 TUK == TUK_Friend) 6114 return PrevTagDecl; 6115 6116 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 6117 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 6118 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 6119 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 6120 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 6121 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 6122 if (!isExplicitSpecialization || 6123 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) || 6124 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 6125 == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) { 6126 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 6127 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6128 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 6129 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 6130 // references get the previous definition. 6131 Name = 0; 6132 Previous.clear(); 6133 Invalid = true; 6134 } 6135 } else { 6136 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 6137 // about a nested redefinition. 6138 TagType *Tag = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 6139 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 6140 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 6141 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 6142 diag::note_previous_definition); 6143 Name = 0; 6144 Previous.clear(); 6145 Invalid = true; 6146 } 6147 } 6148 6149 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 6150 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 6151 } 6152 } 6153 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 6154 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 6155 6156 } else { 6157 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 6158 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 6159 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 6160 // have distinct types. 6161 Previous.clear(); 6162 } 6163 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 6164 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 6165 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 6166 6167 6168 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 6169 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 6170 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 6171 } else { 6172 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus); 6173 6174 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 6175 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 6176 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 6177 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 6178 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 6179 unsigned Kind = 0; 6180 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 6181 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 6182 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 6183 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 6184 Invalid = true; 6185 6186 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 6187 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) { 6188 // do nothing 6189 6190 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 6191 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 6192 unsigned Kind = 0; 6193 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 6194 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 6195 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 6196 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 6197 Invalid = true; 6198 6199 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 6200 // case here. 6201 } else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6202 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 6203 << Name 6204 << cast<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)->getUnderlyingType(); 6205 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 6206 Invalid = true; 6207 6208 // Otherwise, diagnose. 6209 } else { 6210 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 6211 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 6212 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 6213 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6214 Name = 0; 6215 Invalid = true; 6216 } 6217 6218 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 6219 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 6220 Previous.clear(); 6221 } 6222 } 6223 6224CreateNewDecl: 6225 6226 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 6227 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 6228 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 6229 6230 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 6231 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 6232 // keyword. 6233 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 6234 6235 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 6236 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 6237 // PrevDecl. 6238 TagDecl *New; 6239 6240 bool IsForwardReference = false; 6241 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 6242 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 6243 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 6244 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, 6245 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 6246 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 6247 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 6248 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 6249 TagDecl *Def; 6250 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 6251 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 6252 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 6253 } 6254 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 6255 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 6256 << New; 6257 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6258 } else { 6259 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 6260 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 6261 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 6262 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 6263 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 6264 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 6265 6266 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 6267 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 6268 // the declaration context. 6269 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 6270 IsForwardReference = true; 6271 } 6272 } 6273 6274 if (EnumUnderlying) { 6275 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 6276 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 6277 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 6278 else 6279 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 6280 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 6281 } 6282 6283 } else { 6284 // struct/union/class 6285 6286 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 6287 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 6288 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6289 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 6290 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, 6291 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 6292 6293 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 6294 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 6295 } else 6296 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, 6297 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 6298 } 6299 6300 // Maybe add qualifier info. 6301 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 6302 if (SS.isSet()) { 6303 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS 6304 = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()); 6305 New->setQualifierInfo(NNS, SS.getRange()); 6306 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0) { 6307 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6308 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 6309 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 6310 } 6311 } 6312 else 6313 Invalid = true; 6314 } 6315 6316 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 6317 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 6318 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 6319 // 6320 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 6321 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 6322 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 6323 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 6324 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 6325 // parsing of the struct). 6326 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 6327 } 6328 6329 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 6330 // check the specialization. 6331 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 6332 Invalid = true; 6333 6334 if (Invalid) 6335 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6336 6337 if (Attr) 6338 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 6339 6340 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 6341 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 6342 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 6343 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 6344 6345 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 6346 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6347 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6348 6349 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 6350 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 6351 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty()); 6352 6353 // Set the access specifier. 6354 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 6355 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 6356 6357 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 6358 New->startDefinition(); 6359 6360 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 6361 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 6362 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 6363 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 6364 if (PrevDecl) 6365 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 6366 6367 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6368 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 6369 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 6370 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 6371 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 6372 } else if (Name) { 6373 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 6374 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 6375 if (IsForwardReference) 6376 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 6377 6378 } else { 6379 CurContext->addDecl(New); 6380 } 6381 6382 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 6383 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 6384 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 6385 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6386 II->isStr("FILE")) 6387 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 6388 6389 OwnedDecl = true; 6390 return New; 6391} 6392 6393void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 6394 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6395 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 6396 6397 // Enter the tag context. 6398 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 6399} 6400 6401void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 6402 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 6403 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6404 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 6405 6406 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 6407 6408 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 6409 return; 6410 6411 // C++ [class]p2: 6412 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 6413 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 6414 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 6415 // as if it were a public member name. 6416 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 6417 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), 6418 CurContext, Record->getLocation(), 6419 Record->getIdentifier(), 6420 Record->getTagKeywordLoc(), 6421 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 6422 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 6423 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 6424 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 6425 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 6426 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 6427 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 6428 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 6429 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 6430 "Broken injected-class-name"); 6431} 6432 6433void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 6434 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 6435 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6436 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 6437 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 6438 6439 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 6440 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 6441 6442 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 6443 PopDeclContext(); 6444 6445 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 6446 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 6447} 6448 6449void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 6450 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6451 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 6452 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 6453 6454 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 6455 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 6456 // the FieldCollector. 6457 6458 PopDeclContext(); 6459} 6460 6461// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 6462bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 6463 QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth, 6464 bool *ZeroWidth) { 6465 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 6466 if (ZeroWidth) 6467 *ZeroWidth = true; 6468 6469 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 6470 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 6471 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 6472 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 6473 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 6474 return true; 6475 if (FieldName) 6476 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 6477 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 6478 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 6479 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 6480 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 6481 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 6482 return true; 6483 6484 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 6485 // it now. 6486 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 6487 return false; 6488 6489 llvm::APSInt Value; 6490 if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value)) 6491 return true; 6492 6493 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 6494 *ZeroWidth = false; 6495 6496 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 6497 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 6498 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 6499 6500 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 6501 if (FieldName) 6502 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 6503 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 6504 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 6505 << Value.toString(10); 6506 } 6507 6508 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 6509 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 6510 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 6511 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6512 if (FieldName) 6513 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6514 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 6515 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6516 6517 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6518 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6519 } 6520 6521 if (FieldName) 6522 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6523 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 6524 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6525 else 6526 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6527 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6528 } 6529 } 6530 6531 return false; 6532} 6533 6534/// ActOnField - Each field of a struct/union/class is passed into this in order 6535/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 6536Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 6537 SourceLocation DeclStart, 6538 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth) { 6539 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 6540 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 6541 AS_public); 6542 return Res; 6543} 6544 6545/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 6546/// 6547FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 6548 SourceLocation DeclStart, 6549 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 6550 AccessSpecifier AS) { 6551 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 6552 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 6553 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 6554 6555 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 6556 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6557 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6558 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 6559 6560 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 6561 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 6562 D.setInvalidType(); 6563 T = Context.IntTy; 6564 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 6565 } 6566 } 6567 6568 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 6569 6570 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 6571 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 6572 6573 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 6574 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 6575 LookupName(Previous, S); 6576 assert((Previous.empty() || Previous.isOverloadedResult() || 6577 Previous.isSingleResult()) 6578 && "Lookup of member name should be either overloaded, single or null"); 6579 6580 // If the name is overloaded then get any declaration else get the single result 6581 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.isOverloadedResult() ? 6582 Previous.getRepresentativeDecl() : Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 6583 6584 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 6585 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6586 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 6587 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6588 PrevDecl = 0; 6589 } 6590 6591 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 6592 PrevDecl = 0; 6593 6594 bool Mutable 6595 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 6596 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6597 FieldDecl *NewFD 6598 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, TSSL, 6599 AS, PrevDecl, &D); 6600 6601 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6602 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 6603 6604 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 6605 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 6606 // with the same name in the same scope. 6607 } else if (II) { 6608 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 6609 } else 6610 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 6611 6612 return NewFD; 6613} 6614 6615/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 6616/// 6617/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 6618/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 6619/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 6620/// created. 6621/// 6622/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 6623/// 6624/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 6625FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 6626 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6627 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 6628 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 6629 SourceLocation TSSL, 6630 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 6631 Declarator *D) { 6632 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 6633 bool InvalidDecl = false; 6634 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 6635 6636 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 6637 // marking this declaration as invalid. 6638 if (T.isNull()) { 6639 InvalidDecl = true; 6640 T = Context.IntTy; 6641 } 6642 6643 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 6644 if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && 6645 RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 6646 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 6647 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 6648 InvalidDecl = true; 6649 } 6650 6651 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 6652 // than a variably modified type. 6653 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6654 bool SizeIsNegative; 6655 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6656 QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, 6657 SizeIsNegative, 6658 Oversized); 6659 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 6660 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6661 T = FixedTy; 6662 } else { 6663 if (SizeIsNegative) 6664 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 6665 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 6666 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 6667 << Oversized.toString(10); 6668 else 6669 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 6670 InvalidDecl = true; 6671 } 6672 } 6673 6674 // Fields can not have abstract class types 6675 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 6676 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6677 AbstractFieldType)) 6678 InvalidDecl = true; 6679 6680 bool ZeroWidth = false; 6681 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 6682 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth && 6683 VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) { 6684 InvalidDecl = true; 6685 BitWidth = 0; 6686 ZeroWidth = false; 6687 } 6688 6689 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 6690 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 6691 unsigned DiagID = 0; 6692 if (T->isReferenceType()) 6693 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 6694 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 6695 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 6696 6697 if (DiagID) { 6698 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 6699 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 6700 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 6701 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 6702 Mutable = false; 6703 InvalidDecl = true; 6704 } 6705 } 6706 6707 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 6708 BitWidth, Mutable); 6709 if (InvalidDecl) 6710 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6711 6712 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6713 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 6714 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6715 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6716 } 6717 6718 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6719 if (Record->isUnion()) { 6720 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6721 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 6722 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 6723 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 6724 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 6725 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 6726 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 6727 // objects. 6728 // TODO: C++0x alters this restriction significantly. 6729 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 6730 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6731 } 6732 } 6733 6734 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 6735 // the program is ill-formed. 6736 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 6737 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 6738 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 6739 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6740 } 6741 } 6742 } 6743 6744 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 6745 // representation, not a parser representation. 6746 if (D) 6747 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 6748 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 6749 6750 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 6751 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 6752 6753 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 6754 return NewFD; 6755} 6756 6757bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 6758 assert(FD); 6759 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 6760 6761 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6762 return true; 6763 6764 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 6765 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6766 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 6767 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 6768 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 6769 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 6770 // copy constructors. 6771 6772 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 6773 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 6774 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 6775 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialConstructor()) 6776 member = CXXConstructor; 6777 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 6778 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 6779 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 6780 member = CXXDestructor; 6781 6782 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 6783 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 6784 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 6785 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 6786 return true; 6787 } 6788 } 6789 } 6790 6791 return false; 6792} 6793 6794/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 6795/// special member, figure out why. 6796void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 6797 QualType QT(T, 0U); 6798 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 6799 6800 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 6801 switch (member) { 6802 case CXXInvalid: 6803 break; 6804 6805 case CXXConstructor: 6806 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 6807 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 6808 for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){ 6809 const FunctionDecl *body = 0; 6810 ci->hasBody(body); 6811 if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) { 6812 SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation(); 6813 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6814 return; 6815 } 6816 } 6817 6818 assert(0 && "found no user-declared constructors"); 6819 return; 6820 } 6821 break; 6822 6823 case CXXCopyConstructor: 6824 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 6825 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 6826 RD->getCopyConstructor(Context, 0)->getLocation(); 6827 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6828 return; 6829 } 6830 break; 6831 6832 case CXXCopyAssignment: 6833 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 6834 // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy 6835 // assignment, not the type. 6836 SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6837 Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6838 return; 6839 } 6840 break; 6841 6842 case CXXDestructor: 6843 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 6844 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 6845 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6846 return; 6847 } 6848 break; 6849 } 6850 6851 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 6852 6853 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 6854 // but not trivial destruction. 6855 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 6856 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 6857 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 6858 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 6859 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 6860 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6861 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 6862 return; 6863 } 6864 6865 // Check for virtual methods. 6866 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 6867 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 6868 ++mi) { 6869 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 6870 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6871 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 6872 return; 6873 } 6874 } 6875 } 6876 6877 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 6878 switch (member) { 6879 case CXXConstructor: 6880 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialConstructor; break; 6881 case CXXCopyConstructor: 6882 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 6883 case CXXCopyAssignment: 6884 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 6885 case CXXDestructor: 6886 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 6887 default: 6888 assert(0 && "unexpected special member"); return; 6889 } 6890 6891 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 6892 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 6893 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 6894 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 6895 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 6896 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 6897 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6898 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 6899 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 6900 return; 6901 } 6902 } 6903 6904 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 6905 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 6906 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 6907 ++fi) { 6908 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType()); 6909 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6910 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 6911 6912 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 6913 SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation(); 6914 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 6915 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 6916 return; 6917 } 6918 } 6919 } 6920 6921 assert(0 && "found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 6922} 6923 6924/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 6925/// AST enum value. 6926static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 6927TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 6928 switch (ivarVisibility) { 6929 default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind"); 6930 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 6931 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 6932 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 6933 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 6934 } 6935} 6936 6937/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 6938/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 6939Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 6940 SourceLocation DeclStart, 6941 Decl *IntfDecl, 6942 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth, 6943 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 6944 6945 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 6946 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 6947 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 6948 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 6949 6950 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 6951 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 6952 6953 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 6954 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6955 6956 if (BitWidth) { 6957 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 6958 if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) { 6959 D.setInvalidType(); 6960 BitWidth = 0; 6961 } 6962 } else { 6963 // Not a bitfield. 6964 6965 // validate II. 6966 6967 } 6968 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 6969 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 6970 D.setInvalidType(); 6971 } 6972 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 6973 // than a variably modified type. 6974 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6975 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 6976 D.setInvalidType(); 6977 } 6978 6979 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 6980 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 6981 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 6982 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 6983 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 6984 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(IntfDecl); 6985 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 6986 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 6987 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 6988 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 6989 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 6990 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 6991 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 6992 } 6993 else 6994 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 6995 } else { 6996 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 6997 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 6998 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 6999 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 7000 return 0; 7001 } 7002 } 7003 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 7004 } 7005 7006 // Construct the decl. 7007 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, 7008 EnclosingContext, Loc, II, T, 7009 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 7010 7011 if (II) { 7012 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 7013 ForRedeclaration); 7014 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 7015 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 7016 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 7017 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 7018 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 7019 } 7020 } 7021 7022 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 7023 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 7024 7025 if (D.isInvalidType()) 7026 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 7027 7028 if (II) { 7029 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 7030 // these to the interface. 7031 S->AddDecl(NewID); 7032 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 7033 } 7034 7035 return NewID; 7036} 7037 7038/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 7039/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 7040/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 7041/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 7042void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 7043 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 7044 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 7045 return; 7046 7047 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 7048 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 7049 7050 if (!Ivar->isBitField()) 7051 return; 7052 uint64_t BitFieldSize = 7053 Ivar->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(Context).getZExtValue(); 7054 if (BitFieldSize == 0) 7055 return; 7056 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 7057 if (!ID) { 7058 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7059 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 7060 return; 7061 } 7062 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 7063 else 7064 return; 7065 } 7066 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 7067 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy), 0); 7068 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.CharTy, DeclLoc); 7069 7070 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl), 7071 DeclLoc, 0, 7072 Context.CharTy, 7073 Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy), 7074 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 7075 true); 7076 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 7077} 7078 7079void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 7080 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 7081 Decl **Fields, unsigned NumFields, 7082 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 7083 AttributeList *Attr) { 7084 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 7085 7086 // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a 7087 // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. 7088 if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7089 // FIXME: Deallocate fields? 7090 return; 7091 } 7092 7093 7094 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 7095 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 7096 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 7097 7098 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 7099 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) { 7100 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Fields[i]); 7101 7102 // Get the type for the field. 7103 Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 7104 7105 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 7106 // Remember all fields written by the user. 7107 RecFields.push_back(FD); 7108 } 7109 7110 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 7111 // diagnostics about it. 7112 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7113 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7114 continue; 7115 } 7116 7117 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 7118 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 7119 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 7120 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 7121 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 7122 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 7123 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 7124 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 7125 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 7126 // array. 7127 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 7128 // Field declared as a function. 7129 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 7130 << FD->getDeclName(); 7131 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7132 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7133 continue; 7134 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 7135 ((i == NumFields - 1 && !Record->isUnion()) || 7136 (getLangOptions().Microsoft && 7137 (i == NumFields - 1 || Record->isUnion())))) { 7138 // Flexible array member. 7139 // Microsoft is more permissive regarding flexible array. 7140 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 7141 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 7142 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 7143 if (Record->isUnion()) 7144 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union) 7145 << FD->getDeclName(); 7146 else if (NumFields == 1) 7147 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate) 7148 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 7149 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 7150 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 7151 << FD->getDeclName(); 7152 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7153 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7154 continue; 7155 } 7156 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 7157 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType())->isPODType()) { 7158 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 7159 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 7160 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7161 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7162 continue; 7163 } 7164 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 7165 if (Record) 7166 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7167 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 7168 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 7169 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 7170 // Incomplete type 7171 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7172 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7173 continue; 7174 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7175 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 7176 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 7177 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 7178 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7179 } else { 7180 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 7181 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 7182 // structures. 7183 if (i != NumFields-1) 7184 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 7185 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 7186 else { 7187 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 7188 // other structs as an extension. 7189 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 7190 << FD->getDeclName(); 7191 if (Record) 7192 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7193 } 7194 } 7195 } 7196 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 7197 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7198 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 7199 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 7200 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 7201 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7202 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7203 continue; 7204 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && 7205 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC && 7206 Record && 7207 (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 7208 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())) 7209 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7210 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 7211 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 7212 if (Record && BaseType->isRecordType() && 7213 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 7214 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7215 } 7216 // Keep track of the number of named members. 7217 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 7218 ++NumNamedMembers; 7219 } 7220 7221 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 7222 if (Record) { 7223 bool Completed = false; 7224 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 7225 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 7226 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 7227 UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions(); 7228 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end(); 7229 I != E; ++I) 7230 Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess()); 7231 7232 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 7233 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 7234 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 7235 7236 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 7237 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 7238 // problem now. 7239 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 7240 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 7241 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 7242 7243 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 7244 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 7245 M != MEnd; ++M) { 7246 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 7247 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 7248 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 7249 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 7250 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 7251 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 7252 continue; 7253 7254 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 7255 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 7256 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 7257 // program is ill-formed. 7258 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 7259 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 7260 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 7261 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7262 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 7263 OM = SO->second.begin(), 7264 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 7265 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 7266 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 7267 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 7268 7269 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 7270 } 7271 } 7272 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 7273 Completed = true; 7274 } 7275 } 7276 } 7277 } 7278 7279 if (!Completed) 7280 Record->completeDefinition(); 7281 } else { 7282 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 7283 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 7284 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7285 ID->setLocEnd(RBrac); 7286 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 7287 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 7288 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 7289 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 7290 } 7291 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 7292 // duplicates. 7293 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 7294 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 7295 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 7296 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7297 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 7298 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 7299 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 7300 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 7301 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 7302 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 7303 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 7304 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7305 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 7306 // reported as errors elsewhere. 7307 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 7308 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 7309 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 7310 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 7311 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 7312 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 7313 } 7314 } 7315 } 7316 7317 if (Attr) 7318 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 7319 7320 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass, 7321 // set the visibility of this record. 7322 if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 7323 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record); 7324} 7325 7326/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 7327/// the given type T. 7328static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 7329 llvm::APSInt &Value, 7330 QualType T) { 7331 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 7332 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 7333 7334 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 7335 if (T->isSignedIntegerType()) 7336 --BitWidth; 7337 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 7338 } 7339 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 7340} 7341 7342// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 7343// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 7344static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 7345 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 7346 // enum checking below. 7347 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 7348 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 7349 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 7350 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 7351 }; 7352 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 7353 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 7354 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 7355 }; 7356 7357 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 7358 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerType()? SignedIntegralTypes 7359 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 7360 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 7361 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 7362 return Types[I]; 7363 7364 return QualType(); 7365} 7366 7367EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 7368 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 7369 SourceLocation IdLoc, 7370 IdentifierInfo *Id, 7371 Expr *Val) { 7372 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 7373 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 7374 QualType EltTy; 7375 7376 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 7377 Val = 0; 7378 7379 if (Val) { 7380 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 7381 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 7382 else { 7383 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 7384 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 7385 if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 7386 VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) { 7387 Val = 0; 7388 } else { 7389 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7390 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 7391 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 7392 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 7393 // representable as an int. 7394 7395 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 7396 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 7397 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 7398 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 7399 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 7400 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 7401 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 7402 ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast); 7403 } 7404 } 7405 7406 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 7407 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 7408 7409 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7410 // ... if the initializing value of an enumerator cannot be 7411 // represented by the underlying type, the program is ill-formed. 7412 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 7413 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 7414 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 7415 ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast); 7416 } else 7417 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) 7418 << EltTy; 7419 } else 7420 ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast); 7421 } 7422 else { 7423 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7424 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 7425 // is the type of its initializing value: 7426 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 7427 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 7428 EltTy = Val->getType(); 7429 } 7430 } 7431 } 7432 } 7433 7434 if (!Val) { 7435 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 7436 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 7437 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 7438 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7439 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 7440 // is the type of its initializing value: 7441 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 7442 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 7443 // 7444 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 7445 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 7446 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 7447 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 7448 } 7449 else { 7450 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 7451 } 7452 } else { 7453 // Assign the last value + 1. 7454 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 7455 ++EnumVal; 7456 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 7457 7458 // Check for overflow on increment. 7459 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 7460 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7461 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 7462 // is the type of its initializing value: 7463 // 7464 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 7465 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 7466 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 7467 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 7468 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 7469 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 7470 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 7471 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 7472 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 7473 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 7474 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 7475 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 7476 ++EnumVal; 7477 if (Enum->isFixed()) 7478 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 7479 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 7480 << EnumVal.toString(10) 7481 << EltTy; 7482 else 7483 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 7484 << EnumVal.toString(10); 7485 } else { 7486 EltTy = T; 7487 } 7488 7489 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 7490 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 7491 // value, then increment. 7492 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 7493 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 7494 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 7495 ++EnumVal; 7496 7497 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 7498 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 7499 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 7500 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 7501 // integral type. 7502 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 7503 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 7504 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 7505 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 7506 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 7507 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 7508 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 7509 } 7510 } 7511 } 7512 7513 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 7514 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 7515 // enumerator's type. 7516 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 7517 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 7518 } 7519 7520 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 7521 Val, EnumVal); 7522} 7523 7524 7525Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 7526 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 7527 AttributeList *Attr, 7528 SourceLocation EqualLoc, ExprTy *val) { 7529 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 7530 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 7531 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 7532 Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val); 7533 7534 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 7535 // we find one that is. 7536 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 7537 7538 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 7539 // scope. 7540 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 7541 ForRedeclaration); 7542 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 7543 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7544 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 7545 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7546 PrevDecl = 0; 7547 } 7548 7549 if (PrevDecl) { 7550 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 7551 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 7552 assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 7553 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 7554 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 7555 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 7556 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 7557 else 7558 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 7559 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7560 return 0; 7561 } 7562 } 7563 7564 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 7565 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 7566 // name different from T: 7567 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated 7568 // type 7569 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 7570 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 7571 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 7572 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 7573 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 7574 7575 EnumConstantDecl *New = 7576 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 7577 7578 if (New) { 7579 // Process attributes. 7580 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 7581 7582 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 7583 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 7584 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 7585 } 7586 7587 return New; 7588} 7589 7590void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 7591 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 7592 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 7593 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 7594 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 7595 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 7596 7597 if (Attr) 7598 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 7599 7600 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 7601 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 7602 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 7603 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 7604 if (!ECD) continue; 7605 7606 ECD->setType(EnumType); 7607 } 7608 7609 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 7610 return; 7611 } 7612 7613 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 7614 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 7615 // emit a warning. 7616 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 7617 unsigned CharWidth = Context.Target.getCharWidth(); 7618 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.Target.getShortWidth(); 7619 7620 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 7621 // reverse the list. 7622 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 7623 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 7624 7625 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 7626 bool AllElementsInt = true; 7627 7628 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 7629 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 7630 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 7631 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 7632 7633 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 7634 7635 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 7636 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 7637 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 7638 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 7639 else 7640 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 7641 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 7642 7643 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 7644 if (AllElementsInt) 7645 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 7646 } 7647 7648 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 7649 QualType BestType; 7650 unsigned BestWidth; 7651 7652 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 7653 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 7654 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 7655 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 7656 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 7657 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 7658 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 7659 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 7660 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 7661 QualType BestPromotionType; 7662 7663 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 7664 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 7665 // enum definitions. 7666 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 7667 Packed = true; 7668 7669 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 7670 BestType = BestPromotionType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 7671 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 7672 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 7673 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 7674 BestWidth = CharWidth; 7675 } 7676 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 7677 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 7678 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 7679 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 7680 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 7681 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 7682 BestWidth = CharWidth; 7683 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 7684 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 7685 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 7686 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 7687 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 7688 BestType = Context.IntTy; 7689 BestWidth = IntWidth; 7690 } else { 7691 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth(); 7692 7693 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 7694 BestType = Context.LongTy; 7695 } else { 7696 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 7697 7698 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 7699 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 7700 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 7701 } 7702 } 7703 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 7704 } else { 7705 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 7706 // all of the enumerator values. 7707 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 7708 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 7709 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 7710 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 7711 BestWidth = CharWidth; 7712 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 7713 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 7714 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 7715 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 7716 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 7717 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 7718 BestWidth = IntWidth; 7719 BestPromotionType 7720 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7721 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 7722 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 7723 (BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth())) { 7724 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 7725 BestPromotionType 7726 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7727 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 7728 } else { 7729 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 7730 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 7731 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 7732 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 7733 BestPromotionType 7734 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7735 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 7736 } 7737 } 7738 7739 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 7740 // the type of the enum if needed. 7741 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 7742 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 7743 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 7744 7745 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 7746 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 7747 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 7748 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 7749 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 7750 7751 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 7752 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 7753 7754 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 7755 // the enum decl type. 7756 QualType NewTy; 7757 unsigned NewWidth; 7758 bool NewSign; 7759 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 7760 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 7761 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 7762 NewWidth = IntWidth; 7763 NewSign = true; 7764 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 7765 // Already the right type! 7766 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7767 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 7768 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 7769 // enumeration. 7770 ECD->setType(EnumType); 7771 continue; 7772 } else { 7773 NewTy = BestType; 7774 NewWidth = BestWidth; 7775 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerType(); 7776 } 7777 7778 // Adjust the APSInt value. 7779 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 7780 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 7781 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 7782 7783 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 7784 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 7785 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 7786 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 7787 CK_IntegralCast, 7788 ECD->getInitExpr(), 7789 /*base paths*/ 0, 7790 VK_RValue)); 7791 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7792 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 7793 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 7794 // enumeration. 7795 ECD->setType(EnumType); 7796 else 7797 ECD->setType(NewTy); 7798 } 7799 7800 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 7801 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 7802} 7803 7804Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *expr) { 7805 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 7806 7807 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 7808 Loc, AsmString); 7809 CurContext->addDecl(New); 7810 return New; 7811} 7812 7813void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 7814 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 7815 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 7816 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 7817 7818 if (PrevDecl) { 7819 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 7820 } else { 7821 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 7822 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 7823 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 7824 } 7825} 7826 7827void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 7828 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 7829 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 7830 SourceLocation NameLoc, 7831 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 7832 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 7833 LookupOrdinaryName); 7834 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 7835 7836 if (PrevDecl) { 7837 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 7838 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 7839 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 7840 } else { 7841 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 7842 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 7843 } 7844} 7845